-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, V/t5/tJXD4I+w99L9BRbrCwQPd/ok9oSJXf92/VBJvN3IWPQ31xrO8B8/N1Uqkct DUGx5tH4OSI/ypLqgim+og== 0000893220-06-002028.txt : 20060913 0000893220-06-002028.hdr.sgml : 20060913 20060913170156 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000893220-06-002028 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 10 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20060630 FILED AS OF DATE: 20060913 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20060913 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001271625 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: FUNCTIONS RELATED TO DEPOSITORY BANKING, NEC [6099] IRS NUMBER: 232636866 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0630 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-50866 FILM NUMBER: 061088979 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. STREET 2: 1436 LANCASTER AVENUE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312-1288 BUSINESS PHONE: 6102963400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 1436 LANCASTER AVE CITY: BERWYN STATE: PA ZIP: 19312 FORMER COMPANY: FORMER CONFORMED NAME: DFG HOLDINGS INC DATE OF NAME CHANGE: 20031128 10-K 1 w24941e10vk.htm FORM 10-K DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP. e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 000-50866
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
DELAWARE   23-2636866
     
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Identification No.)
     
1436 Lancaster Avenue    
Berwyn, Pennsylvania   19312-1288
     
(Address of Principal Executive   (Zip Code)
Offices)    
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (610) 296-3400
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, $.001 par value per share
(Title of Class)
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in rule 405 of the Securities Act Yes  o     No  þ.
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  þ     NO  o.
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K:  þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large accelerated filer in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
o Large accelerated filer þ Accelerated filer o Non-accelerated filer
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o     No  þ.
     As of December 31, 2005, 18,102,727 shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, were outstanding. As of such date the aggregate market value of voting stock (based upon the last reported sales price in The Nasdaq Stock Market) held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $114,771,867. As of August 31, 2006, the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding was 23,400,107.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     The Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed in connection with its solicitation of proxies for its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on November 16, 2006, is incorporated by reference to Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
 
 

 


 

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
Table of Contents
2006 Report on Form 10-K
Money Mart®, Loan Mart®, Cash Til Payday®, CustomCash® and We The People® are trademarks of Dollar Financial Corp. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also includes trademarks and tradenames of other companies.
             
   
PART I
       
   
 
       
Item 1.       3  
Item 1A.       22  
Item 1B.       27  
Item 2.       27  
Item 3.       28  
Item 4.       31  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
Item 5.       32  
Item 6.       34  
Item 7.       36  
Item 7A.       49  
Item 8.       50  
Item 9.       99  
Item 9A.       99  
Item 9B.       99  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
Item 10.       100  
Item 11.       100  
Item 12.       101  
Item 13.       101  
Item 14.       101  
   
 
       
           
   
 
       
Item 15.       102  
   
 
       
Signatures     108  
 Service Agreement dated April 4, 2005
 Exhibit 10.49
 Consent of Ernst & Young
 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
 Certification of President
 Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 18
 Certification of President Pursuant to Title 18
 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 18

2


Table of Contents

Item 1. BUSINESS
General
     We are a leading international financial services company serving under-banked consumers. Our financial services store network is the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom and the second-largest network of its kind in the United States. Our We The People legal document preparation services retail store network is the largest of its kind in the United States. Our customers are typically working-class individuals who require basic financial services but, for reasons of convenience and accessibility, purchase some or all of their financial services from us rather than from banks and other financial institutions. To meet the needs of these customers, we provide a range of consumer financial products and services primarily consisting of check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, longer-term installment loans, money orders, money transfers and legal document preparation services. We operate a store network of 1,250 locations (of which 765 are company-owned) operating as Money Mart®, The Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Insta-Cheques® and We The People® in 34 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom. This network includes 1,105 locations (including 752 company-owned) in 14 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services and various other related services. Also included in this network is our We The People USA business, which offers retail based legal documentation preparation services through a network of 13 company-owned and 132 franchised locations in 29 states.
     We are a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. We operate our store network through our direct wholly-owned subsidiary, Dollar Financial Group, Inc., a New York corporation formed in 1979, and its direct and indirect wholly-owned foreign and domestic subsidiaries (collectively, “OPCO”).
     Our network includes the following platforms for delivering our financial services and retail-based legal document preparation services to the consumers in our core markets:
     United States
     We currently operate or franchise a total of 490 stores, with 259 operating under the name “Money Mart®,” 86 operating under the name “Loan Mart®” and 145 under the name “We The People®” of which 13 are operated by us and 132 are operated by franchisees. The Money Mart stores typically offer our full range of financial products and services, including check cashing and short-term consumer loans. The Loan Mart stores offer short-term consumer loans and other ancillary services depending upon location. By offering short-term lending services, we hope to attract a customer who might not use check cashing services. The We The People stores offer retail-based legal document preparation services.
     Our U.S. business had revenues of $118.1 million for the twelve-month period ended June 30, 2005 (“fiscal 2005”) and $112.2 million for the twelve month period ended June 30, 2006 (“fiscal 2006”).
     Canada
     There are currently 370 financial services stores in our Canadian network, of which 242 are operated by us and 128 are operated by franchisees. All stores in Canada are operated under the name “Money Mart” except locations in the Province of Québec which operate under the name Instant Cheques. The stores in Canada typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans and other ancillary products and services.
     Our Canadian business had revenues of $(USD)108.2 million for fiscal 2005 and $(USD)140.7 million for fiscal 2006.
     United Kingdom
     There are currently 390 financial services stores in our United Kingdom network, of which 172 are operated by us and 218 are operated by franchisees. All stores in the United Kingdom (with the exception of certain franchises operating under the name “Cash A Cheque”) are operated under the name “Money Shop.” The stores in the United Kingdom typically offer check cashing, short-term consumer loans and other ancillary products and services.

3


Table of Contents

     The Company decreased the number of United Kingdom franchises by a net total of 94 locations during fiscal 2006. The franchise store reduction in the United Kingdom for the fiscal year was primarily related to the Company’s decision to terminate its business relationship with one of its franchisees.
     Our United Kingdom business had revenues of $(USD)65.2 million for fiscal 2005 and $(USD)75.7 million for fiscal 2006.
     We currently have 485 franchised locations in Canada, the United Kingdom and in the United States. These franchised locations offer many of the same products and services offered by company-operated stores using the same associated trade names, trademarks and service marks within the standards and guidelines we have established. Total franchise revenues were $7.1 million for fiscal 2005 and $11.0 million for fiscal 2006.
     Our customers, many of whom receive income on an irregular basis or from multiple employers, are drawn to our convenient neighborhood locations, extended operating hours and high-quality customer service. Our products and services, principally our check cashing and short-term consumer loan program, provide immediate access to cash for living expenses or other needs. We principally cash payroll checks, although our stores also cash government benefit, personal and income-tax-refund checks. During fiscal 2006, we cashed 8.4 million checks with a total face amount of $3.8 billion and an average face amount of $451 per check. Acting both as a servicer and as a direct lender, we originated 2.7 million single-payment consumer loans with an average principal amount of $360 and a weighted average term of approximately 14.3 days. In addition, we acted as a servicer and direct lender originating 78,000 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $806 and a weighted average term of approximately 335 days. We also strive to provide our customers with high-value ancillary services, including Western Union money order and money transfer products, electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services.
Industry Overview
     We operate in a sector of the financial services industry that serves the basic need of working-class individuals to have convenient access to cash. This need is primarily evidenced by consumer demand for check cashing, short-term and longer-term installment loans, and consumers who use these services are often underserved by banks and other financial institutions.
     Working-class individuals represent the largest part of the population in each country in which we operate. Many of these individuals work in the service sector, which in the United States is one of the fastest growing segments of the workforce. However, many of these individuals, particularly in the United States, do not maintain regular banking relationships. They use services provided by our industry for a variety of reasons, including that they often:
    do not have sufficient assets to meet minimum balance requirements or to achieve the benefits of savings with banks;
 
    do not write enough checks to make a bank account beneficial;
 
    need access to financial services outside of normal banking hours;
 
    desire not to pay fees for banking services that they do not use;
 
    require immediate access to cash from their paychecks;
 
    may have a dislike or distrust of banks; and
 
    do not have a neighborhood bank in close proximity to them.
     In addition to check cashing services, under-banked consumers also require short-term and longer-term installment loans that provide cash for living and other expenses. They also may not be able to or want to obtain loans from banks as a result of:
    their immediate need for cash;
 
    irregular receipt of payments from their employers;
 
    their desire for convenience and customer service;
 
    the unavailability of bank loans in small denominations for short terms; and
 
    the high cost of overdraft advances through banks.
     Despite the demand for basic financial services, access to banks has become more difficult over time for many consumers. Many banks have chosen to close their less profitable or lower-traffic locations. Typically, these closings have occurred in lower-income neighborhoods where the branches have failed to attract a sufficient base of customer deposits. This trend has resulted in fewer convenient alternatives for basic financial services in many neighborhoods. Many banks have also reduced or eliminated some services that under-banked consumers need.

4


Table of Contents

     As a result of these trends, a significant number of retailers have begun to offer financial services to working-class individuals. The providers of these services are fragmented, and range from specialty finance offices to retail stores in other industries that offer ancillary services.
     We believe that the under-banked consumer market will continue to grow as a result of a diminishing supply of competing banking services as well as underlying demographic trends. These demographic trends include an overall increase in the population and an increase in the number of service-sector jobs as a percentage of the total workforce.
     The demographics of the typical customers for non-banking financial services vary somewhat in each of the markets in which we operate, but the trends driving the industry are the same. In addition, the type of store and services that appeal to customers in each market vary based on cultural, social, geographic, economic and other factors. Finally, the composition of providers of these services in each market results in part from the historical development and regulatory environment in that market.
Growth Opportunities
     We believe that significant opportunities for growth exist in our industry as a result of:
    growth of the service-sector workforce;
 
    failure of commercial banks and other traditional financial service providers to address adequately the needs of working-class individuals; and
 
    trends favoring larger operators in the industry.
     We believe that, as the working-class population segment increases, and as trends within the retail banking industry make banking less accessible or more costly to these consumers, the industry in which we operate will see a significant increase in demand for our products and services. We also believe that the industry will continue to consolidate as a result of a number of factors, including:
    economies of scale available to larger operations;
 
    use of technology to serve customers better and to control large store networks;
 
    inability of smaller operators to form the alliances necessary to deliver new products; and
 
    increased licensing and regulatory burdens.
     This consolidation process should provide us, as operator of one of the largest store networks, with opportunities for continued growth.
Competitive Strengths
     We believe that the following competitive strengths position us well for continued growth:
     Leading position in core markets. We have a leading position in core markets, operating 351 company-owned stores in the United States, 242 company-owned stores in Canada and 172 company-owned stores in the United Kingdom. We currently have 128 franchised locations in Canada, 218 franchised locations in the United Kingdom and 139 franchised locations in the United States, 132 of which operate under the name We The People and offer retail-based legal document preparation services. Highlights of our competitive position in these core markets include the following:
    Our domestic network is focused in rapidly growing markets in the western United States, where we believe we have held leading market positions for over 10 years.
 
    We are the industry leader in Canada, and we hold a dominant market share with a store in almost every Canadian city with a population of over 50,000. Based on a public opinion study of three major metropolitan markets in English speaking Canada, we have achieved brand awareness of 85% of persons surveyed.
 
    We believe that we are the largest check cashing company in the United Kingdom, comprising approximately 25% of the market measured by number of stores, although we believe that we account for approximately 40% of all check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores.

5


Table of Contents

     Diversified product and geographic mix. Our stores offer a wide range of consumer financial products and services to meet the demands of their respective locales, including check cashing, short-term consumer loans, money orders, money transfers and legal document preparation services. We also provide high-value ancillary products and services, including electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, reloadable VISA® brand debit cards, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services. For fiscal 2006, the revenue contribution by our check cashing operations was 43.4%, by our consumer lending operations was 40.2% and by our other products and services was 16.4%. In addition to our product diversification, our business is diversified geographically. For fiscal 2006, our U.S. operations generated 34.1% of our total revenue, our Canadian operations generated 42.9% of our total revenue and our United Kingdom operations generated 23.0% of our total revenue. Our product and geographic mix provides a diverse stream of revenue growth opportunities. Our acquisition in March 2005 of the We The People business further diversifies our revenues and provides us with additional growth opportunities.
     High-quality customer service. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desirable locations near our customers. We believe that our customers appreciate this convenience, as well as the flexible and extended operating hours that we typically offer, which are often more compatible with our customers’ work schedules. We provide our customers with a clean, attractive and secure environment in which to transact their business. We believe that our friendly and courteous customer service at both the store level and through our centralized support centers is a competitive advantage.
     Diversification and management of credit risk. Our revenue is generated through a high volume of small dollar financial transactions, and therefore our exposure to loss from a single customer transaction is minimal. In addition, we actively manage our customer risk profile and collection efforts in order to maximize our consumer lending and check cashing revenues while maintaining losses within a targeted range. We have instituted control mechanisms that have been effective in managing risk. Such mechanisms, among others, include the daily monitoring of initial return rates on our consumer loan portfolio. As a result, we believe that we are unlikely to sustain a material credit loss from a single transaction or series of transactions. We have experienced relatively low net write-offs as a percentage of the face amount of checks cashed. For fiscal 2006, in our check cashing business, net write-offs as a percentage of the face amount of checks cashed were 0.30%. For the same period, with respect to loans funded directly by us, net write-offs as a percentage of originations were 2.2%.
     Management expertise. We have a highly experienced and motivated management team at both the corporate and operational levels. Our senior management team has extensive experience in the financial services industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive, Jeffrey Weiss, and our President, Donald Gayhardt, have been with us since 1990 and have demonstrated the ability to grow our business through their operational leadership, strategic vision and experience in making selected acquisitions. Since 1990, Mr. Weiss and Mr. Gayhardt have assisted us in completing over 40 acquisitions that added over 480 company-operated stores and over 170 We The People stores. In addition, the management team is highly motivated to ensure continued business success, as they collectively own approximately 4.6% of our outstanding common stock.
Our Strategy
     Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths and enhance our leading market positions. Key elements of our strategy include:
     Growing through disciplined network expansion. We intend to continue to grow our network through the addition of new stores and franchisees, while adhering to a disciplined selection process. In order to optimize our expansion, we carefully assess potential markets by analyzing demographic, competitive and regulatory factors, site selection and availability, and growth potential. We seek to add locations that offer check cashing, consumer lending, legal document preparation services or a combination of any of these products and services. In fiscal 2006, we opened 34 new financial service stores, acquired 19 financial service stores, acquired 28 company-owned legal document preparation stores and opened 12 franchised stores offering retail-based legal document preparation services. In addition to these new store openings, we are actively seeking to acquire targeted competitor operations in selected expansion markets in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom.
     Introducing related products and services. We offer our customers multiple financial products and services. We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high value products and services offered by us. These products and services enable our customers to manage their personal finances more effectively. For example, in fiscal 2004, we introduced reloadable VISA® brand debit cards, and, in fiscal 2005, we introduced VISA® brand gift cards and began offering legal document preparation services through the acquisition of the We The People business. In fiscal 2006, we introduced the CustomCash® installment loan program in the United States. Our product development department continues to develop and test additional new products and services for our customers.

6


Table of Contents

     Capitalizing on our enhanced network and system capabilities. With our current network of 1,250 stores, we are well positioned to capitalize on economies of scale. Our centralized core support functions, including collections, call center, field operations and service, loan processing and tax filing; enable us to generate efficiencies by improving collections and purchasing power with our vendors. Our proprietary systems are used to further improve our customer relations and loan servicing activities, as well as to provide highly efficient means to manage our internal as well as regulatory compliance efforts. We plan to continue to take advantage of these efficiencies to enhance network and store-level profitability.
     Maintaining our customer-driven retail philosophy. We strive to maintain our customer-service-oriented approach and meet the basic financial service needs of our working-class customers. We believe our approach differentiates us from many of our competitors and is a key tenet of our employee training programs. We offer extended operating hours in clean, attractive and secure store locations to enhance appeal and stimulate store traffic. In certain markets, we operate stores that are open 24 hours a day. To ensure customer satisfaction, we periodically send anonymous market researchers posing as shoppers to our U.S. stores to measure customer service performance. We plan to continue to develop ways to improve our performance, including incentive programs to reward employees for exceptional customer service.
     Expansion of our franchising strategy. We intend to expand the reach of our business and our network through an extension of our existing franchising strategy. In Canada and the United Kingdom, we have developed our leading market positions in part through the use of a franchising strategy that has allowed us to expand without incurring additional capital expenditures. We currently have 128 franchised locations in Canada, 218 franchised locations in the United Kingdom and 139 franchised locations in the United States, seven of which are financial services stores and 132 of which are We The People stores offering retail-based legal document preparation services.
Customers
     Our core customer group generally lacks sufficient income to accumulate assets or to build savings. These customers rely on their current income to cover immediate living expenses and often cannot afford to wait for checks to clear through the commercial banking system. We believe that many of our customers use our check cashing and short-term lending services in order to access cash immediately without having to maintain a minimum balance in a checking account and in order to borrow money to fund immediate needs. We believe that consumers value our affordability and attention to customer service, and their choice of a financial services provider is influenced by our convenient locations and extended operating hours.
     U.S. customers. Based on our operating experience and information provided to us by our customers, we believe that our core domestic check cashing customer group is generally composed of individuals between the ages of 18 and 44. The majority of these individuals rent their homes, are employed and have annual household incomes of between $10,000 and $35,000, with a median income of $22,500. We believe that many of our customers are workers or independent contractors who receive payment on an irregular basis and generally in the form of a check. In addition, we believe that although approximately 38% of our U.S. check cashing customers do have bank accounts, these customers use check cashing stores because they find the locations and extended business hours more convenient than those of banks and because they value the ability to receive cash immediately, without waiting for a check to clear.
     Our operating experience and customer data also suggest that our short-term consumer loan customers are mainly individuals between the ages of 18 and 45. The majority of these individuals rent their homes. A survey conducted by Cypress Research Group in 2004 found that 52% of short-term consumer loan customers reported household incomes between $25,000 and $50,000 with 17% greater than $50,000. The survey also found that these customers choose single-payment consumer loans because of the easy and fast processing and convenient location. Unlike many of our check cashing customers, short-term consumer loan customers have a bank account but experience temporary shortages in cash from time to time.
     Canadian customers. Based on market research surveys, we believe that the demographics of our Canadian customers are somewhat different from those of our U.S. customers. Our typical Canadian check cashing customer is approximately 35 years old, employed in the trades / labor sector and earning $(USD)22,400 annually. Our typical Canadian short-term single-payment loan customer is 25 to 44 years old, employed in the services sector and earning $(USD)27,300 annually. Approximately 60% of our Canadian customers are male and 40% are female. In contrast to the United States, approximately 66% of our Canadian check cashing customers have bank accounts. Our research shows that these customers continue to use our services because of our fast and courteous service, the stores’ extended operating hours and convenient locations.
     United Kingdom customers. Market research conducted on our behalf and our own customer data have shown that approximately 90% of our United Kingdom customers have annual incomes below $(USD)30,000, and 58% are under the age of 35. Furthermore, approximately 85% of our customer base is employed, with approximately equal numbers of males and females. While 80% of our United Kingdom customers have bank accounts, they report a high level of dissatisfaction with their current bank relationship.

7


Table of Contents

Market research indicates customer service satisfaction levels for our United Kingdom customers above 90% compared with 50% to 65% satisfaction levels for the major banks. Staff friendliness and face-to-face contact are key drivers of customer satisfaction and the need for immediate cash is the number one reason for using our services.
Products and Services
     Customers typically use our stores to cash checks (payroll, government and personal), obtain short-term or longer-term consumer loans and use one or more of the additional financial services available at most locations including Western Union money order and money transfer products, legal document preparation services, electronic tax filing, bill payment, reloadable VISA® brand debit cards, foreign currency exchange, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services.
     Check cashing. Customers may cash all types of checks at our check cashing locations, including payroll checks, government checks and personal checks. In exchange for a verified check, customers receive cash immediately and do not have to wait several days for the check to clear. Before we distribute any cash, we verify both the customer’s identification and the validity of the check (occasionally using multiple sources) as required by our standard verification procedures. Customers are charged a fee for this service (typically a small percentage of the face value of the check). The fee varies depending on the size and type of check cashed as well as the customer’s check cashing history at our stores. For fiscal 2005, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.76% of the face value of checks cashed. For fiscal 2006, check cashing fees averaged approximately 3.78% of the face value of checks cashed.
     The following chart presents summaries of revenue from our check cashing operations, broken down by consolidated operations, U.S., Canadian and United Kingdom operations for the periods indicated below:
                                         
    Year ended June 30,
    2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
    (Unaudited)
Consolidated operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 2,969,455,000     $ 2,938,950,000     $ 3,169,350,000     $ 3,424,835,000     $ 3,772,426,000  
Number of checks cashed
    8,627,526       8,568,944       8,427,990       8,141,697       8,373,342  
Average face amount per check
  $ 344.18     $ 342.98     $ 376.05     $ 420.65     $ 450.53  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.15     $ 12.65     $ 13.93     $ 15.81     $ 17.01  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.53 %     3.69 %     3.70 %     3.76 %     3.78 %
 
                                       
U.S. operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 1,636,967,000     $ 1,384,958,000     $ 1,349,956,000     $ 1,309,231,000     $ 1,394,516,000  
Number of checks cashed
    4,317,534       3,855,664       3,621,174       3,379,123       3,410,668  
Average face amount per check
  $ 379.14     $ 359.20     $ 372.80     $ 387.45     $ 408.87  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.41     $ 12.75     $ 13.18     $ 13.79     $ 14.13  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.27 %     3.55 %     3.53 %     3.56 %     3.46 %
 
                                       
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 896,586,000     $ 989,663,000     $ 1,144,380,000     $ 1,300,089,000     $ 1,514,753,000  
Number of checks cashed
    3,359,225       3,475,201       3,476,375       3,529,879       3,607,553  
Average face amount per check
  $ 266.90     $ 284.78     $ 329.19     $ 368.31     $ 419.88  
Average fee per check
  $ 9.03     $ 9.58     $ 11.07     $ 12.38     $ 14.44  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.38 %     3.36 %     3.36 %     3.36 %     3.44 %
 
                                       
U.K. operations:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 435,902,000     $ 564,329,000     $ 675,014,000     $ 815,515,000     $ 863,157,000  
Number of checks cashed
    950,767       1,238,079       1,330,441       1,232,695       1,355,121  
Average face amount per check
  $ 458.47     $ 455.81     $ 507.36     $ 661.57     $ 636.96  
Average fee per check
  $ 21.93     $ 20.99     $ 23.45     $ 31.20     $ 31.13  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    4.78 %     4.60 %     4.62 %     4.72 %     4.89 %

8


Table of Contents

     From fiscal 2002 through fiscal 2006, the number of stores in our network has increased, while the number of checks cashed in the U.S. has generally decreased. The primary reasons for these changes are an increased focus on our consumer loan products and changes in the United States unemployment rate, both of which have resulted in a reduction in the overall number of checks cashed. In addition, studies by the Federal Reserve Board and others show that payments made by electronic means may be displacing a portion of the paper checks traditionally cashed by our customers. We also have decreased our focus on cashing government checks. We have increased our focus on cashing higher fee payroll and commercial checks, which tend to have higher face values and therefore result in higher check cashing fees than government checks.
     If a check cashed by us is not paid for any reason, we record the full face value of the check as a loss in the period when the check is returned unpaid. We then send the check to our internal collections department, or occasionally directly to the store, for collection. Our employees contact the maker and/or payee of each returned check. In certain circumstances, we will take appropriate legal action. Recoveries on returned items are credited in the period when the recovery is received. During fiscal 2005, we collected 72.5% of the face value of returned checks. During fiscal 2006, we collected 74.4% of the face value of returned checks.

9


Table of Contents

     The following chart presents summaries of our returned check experience, broken down by consolidated operations, U.S., Canadian and United Kingdom operations for the periods indicated below:
                                         
    Year ended June 30,
    2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
    (Unaudited)
Consolidated Operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 27,874,000     $ 26,164,000     $ 29,061,000     $ 32,644,000     $ 39,052,000  
Collections on returned checks
    20,812,000       19,426,000       21,399,000       23,655,000       29,070,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    7,062,000       6,738,000       7,662,000       8,989,000       9,982,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    74.7 %     74.2 %     73.6 %     72.5 %     74.4 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    6.7 %     6.2 %     6.5 %     7.0 %     7.0 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.24 %     0.23 %     0.24 %     0.26 %     0.26 %
 
                                       
United States operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 15,411,000     $ 12,046,000     $ 13,761,000     $ 14,749,000     $ 16,846,000  
Collections on returned checks
    10,560,000       8,335,000       10,284,000       10,881,000       12,586,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    4,851,000       3,711,000       3,477,000       3,868,000       4,260,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    68.5 %     69.2 %     74.7 %     73.8 %     74.7 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    9.1 %     7.6 %     7.3 %     8.3 %     8.8 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.30 %     0.27 %     0.26 %     0.30 %     0.31 %
 
                                       
Canadian operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 6,952,000     $ 8,116,000     $ 8,797,000     $ 9,906,000     $ 11,498,000  
Collections on returned checks
    6,452,000       7,246,000       7,320,000       8,319,000       9,831,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    500,000       870,000       1,477,000       1,587,000       1,667,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    92.8 %     89.3 %     83.2 %     83.9 %     85.5 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    1.6 %     2.6 %     3.8 %     3.6 %     3.2 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.06 %     0.09 %     0.13 %     0.12 %     0.11 %
 
                                       
United Kingdom operations:
                                       
Face amount of returned checks
  $ 5,511,000     $ 6,002,000     $ 6,503,000     $ 7,989,000     $ 10,708,000  
Collections on returned checks
    3,800,000       3,845,000       3,795,000       4,455,000       6,653,000  
Net write-offs of returned checks
    1,711,000       2,157,000       2,708,000       3,534,000       4,055,000  
Collections as a percentage of returned checks
    69.0 %     64.1 %     58.4 %     55.8 %     62.1 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of check cashing revenues
    8.2 %     8.3 %     8.7 %     9.2 %     9.6 %
Net write-offs as a percentage of face amount of checks cashed
    0.39 %     0.38 %     0.40 %     0.43 %     0.47 %

10


Table of Contents

Consumer lending
     We currently originate single-payment consumer loans on behalf of one domestic bank and for our own account. For the single-payment consumer loans we originate, at the time the funds are advanced to the borrower, the borrower signs a note and provides the lender with a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate an automated clearinghouse charge to the borrower’s checking account for the loan principal plus a finance charge; on the due date of the loan (which is generally set at a date on or near the borrower’s next payday), the check or automated clearinghouse debit is presented for payment.
     From June 13, 2002 until July 27, 2005, we acted as a servicer for County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware and we have acted as a servicer for First Bank since October 18, 2002. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limits the period during which a borrower may have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition away from bank-funded consumer loans to company-funded loans. As part of this transition, we terminated our relationship with County Bank and amended our relationship with First Bank, in each case by mutual agreement.
     Prior to July 1, 2006, on behalf of First Bank in the United States, we marketed certain unsecured short-term single-payment loans to customers with established bank accounts and verifiable sources of income. Prior to July 1, 2005, loans were made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 23 days. Under these programs, we earned servicing fees, which were reduced if the related loans were not collected. We maintain a reserve for estimated reductions. In addition, we maintain a reserve for anticipated losses for loans we make directly. In order to estimate the appropriate level of these reserves, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, as well as loans owed to First Bank and serviced by us, the historical loans charged-off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. As these conditions change, additional allowances might be required in future periods. During fiscal 2005, County Bank originated or extended approximately $115.5 million of loans through our locations and document transmitters. First Bank originated or extended approximately $303.2 million of loans through us during this period. County Bank originated or extended approximately $136.2 million of loans through our locations and document transmitters during fiscal 2004 and First Bank originated or extended approximately $249.1 million of loans through us for the same period.
     As of June 30, 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending in Pennsylvania, since the Pennsylvania legislature did not pass enabling legislation this year. We do not expect this cessation to have a material impact on our operations. We are currently developing an alternative company-funded revolving credit product for Pennsylvania consumers. We have also implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, we guaranty, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that complies with Texas law.
     The lender in our CustomCashTM domestic installment loan program, First Bank, is working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. While there may continue to be regulatory pressures in this area, First Bank has been working with us to continue to develop its program in this line of business. While we have been responsive to First Bank’s requests and inquiries, we can not be certain whether First Bank will ultimately continue this line of business.
     We also originate unsecured short-term single-payment loans to borrowers for our own account in Canada, the United Kingdom and in most United States markets. We bear the entire risk of loss related to these loans. In the United States, these loans are made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 37 days. In Canada, loans are issued to qualified borrowers based on a percentage of the borrowers’ income with terms of 1 to 35 days. We issue loans in the United Kingdom for up to £600, with a term of 28 days. We originated or extended approximately $685.7 million of the single-payment consumer loans through our locations and document transmitters during fiscal 2005 and approximately $964.9 million through our locations during 2006. In addition, we act as a direct lender of longer-term installment loans in the United Kingdom and in certain United States and Canadian markets. In the United States for fiscal 2006, we originated 65,400 installment loans with an average principal amount of $711 and a weighted average term of approximately 122 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in the United States of approximately $46.5 million in fiscal 2006. In Canada, for fiscal 2006, we originated 4,200 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,260 and a weighted average term of approximately 182 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $5.3 million in fiscal 2006. In Canada, for fiscal 2005, we originated 2,167 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,180 and a weighted average term of approximately 215 days. We originated or extended installment loans through our locations in Canada of approximately $2.6 million in fiscal 2005. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2006, we originated 8,725 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,294 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2005, we originated 6,935 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,079 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. We originated or

11


Table of Contents

extended installment loans through our locations in the United Kingdom of approximately $11.3 million in fiscal 2006 and $7.5 million in fiscal 2005. Outstanding installment loan receivable at June 30, 2006 is $7.9 million, $8.5 million and $2.6 million in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.
     Additionally, as part of the transition to the company-funded loan model, we have discontinued our services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that are fulfilled through document transmitter locations. This resulted in a loss of approximately $5.5 million of revenues for fiscal 2006 with a nominal impact on income before income taxes. We will continue to offer loans directly to borrowers through other channels of distribution.
     We had approximately $53.6 million of net consumer loans on our balance sheet at June 30, 2006 and approximately $37.5 million on June 30, 2005. These amounts are reflected in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2006 are reported net of a reserve of $5.4 million related to consumer lending. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2005 are reported net of a reserve of $2.7 million related to consumer lending. The receivable for defaulted loans, net of a $11.7 million allowance is reported on the Company’s balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $4.3 million at June 30, 2006.
     The following table presents a summary of our consumer lending originations, which includes loan extensions and revenues for the following periods (dollars in thousands):
                         
    Year ended
    June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
     
U.S. company-funded consumer loan originations (1)(2)
  $ 65,868     $ 73,762     $ 236,025  
Canadian company-funded consumer loan originations (3)
    309,016       447,940       554,949  
U.K. company-funded consumer loan originations (3)
    115,283       185,042       204,220  
     
Total company-funded consumer loan originations
  $ 490,167     $ 706,744     $ 995,194  
     
 
                       
U.S. Servicing revenues(2)
  $ 61,704     $ 66,984     $ 22,673  
U.S. company-funded consumer loan revenues(2)
    9,873       11,511       37,814  
Canadian company-funded consumer loan revenues
    31,479       48,680       69,999  
U.K. company-funded consumer loan revenues
    19,405       25,829       32,102  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (24,489 )     (29,425 )     (30,367 )
     
Total consumer lending revenues, net
  $ 97,972     $ 123,579     $ 132,221  
     
 
                       
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer loans(2)
  $ 45,074     $ 64,685     $ 106,164  
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans(2)
    (36,102 )     (50,352 )     (84,724 )
     
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans
  $ 8,972     $ 14,333     $ 21,440  
     
 
                       
Gross charge-offs of company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    9.2 %     9.2 %     10.7 %
Recoveries of company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    7.4 %     7.1 %     8.5 %
Net charge-offs on company-funded consumer loans as a percentage of total company-funded consumer loan originations
    1.8 %     2.0 %     2.2 %
 
(1)   Our company-operated stores in the United States originate company-funded and bank-funded single-payment consumer loans. Document transmitter locations in the United States originated only bank-funded loans.
 
(2)   The variance between fiscal years 2005 and 2006 is primarily related to our transition in the United States for single-payment consumer loans from the bank-funded model in 2005 to the company-funded model in 2006.
 
(3)   All consumer loans originated in Canada and the United Kingdom are company-funded.
     The increase in total company-funded originations of $288.5 million in fiscal 2006 over fiscal 2005 is primarily due to the transition from the bank-funded loan model to the company-funded loan model in the United States, as well as increases in originations in Canada and newly opened stores in Canada and the United Kingdom.

12


Table of Contents

Other Services and Products
     In addition to check cashing and short-term consumer loans, our customers may choose from a variety of products and services when conducting business at our locations. These services, which vary from store to store, include Western Union money order and money transfer products, legal document preparation services, electronic tax filing, bill payment, foreign currency exchange, pawnbroking VISA® brand reloadable debit-cards and gift cards, photo ID and prepaid local and long-distance phone services. We offer our customers multiple financial products and services. We believe that our check cashing and consumer lending customers enjoy the convenience of other high-value products and services offered by us.
     Among our most significant financial services products and services other than check cashing and short-term consumer loans are the following:
    Money transfers — Through a strategic alliance with Western Union, customers can transfer funds to any location providing Western Union money transfer services. Western Union currently has 245,000 agents in more than 200 countries throughout the world. We receive a percentage of the commission charged by Western Union for the transfer. For fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2006, we generated total money transfer revenues of $14.8 million and $17.2 million, respectively, primarily at our check cashing stores.
 
    Money orders — Our stores issue money orders for a minimal fee. Customers who do not have checking accounts typically use money orders to pay rent and utility bills. During fiscal 2006, money order transactions had an average face amount of $194.65 and an average fee of $1.19. For fiscal 2006, our customers purchased 2.1 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $2.5 million. During fiscal 2005, money order transactions had an average face amount of $182.81 and an average fee of $1.17. For fiscal 2005, our customers purchased 2.1 million money orders, generating total money order revenues of $2.4 million.

13


Table of Contents

Store Operations
Locations
     The following chart sets forth the number of company-operated and franchised stores in operation as of the specified dates:
                                         
    June 30,
Markets   2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
CALIFORNIA
                                       
Southern
    47       47       47       47       47  
Northern
    93       91       90       90       86  
 
                                       
ARIZONA
                                       
Phoenix
    45       43       43       51       49  
Tucson
    16       16       16       16       16  
 
                                       
OTHER UNITED STATES
                                       
Louisiana
    4       4       4       29       27  
Ohio
    23       22       22       22       22  
Washington
    18       18       18       18       18  
Pennsylvania
    19       17       17       17       16  
Virginia
    16       16       16       16       16  
Oklahoma
    13       10       10       10       10  
Nevada
    11       8       8       8       7  
Colorado
    15       7       7       7       7  
Texas
    4       4       4       4       6  
Utah
    5       4       4       4       3  
New Mexico
    3       3       3       3       4  
Hawaii
    3       3       3       3       3  
Maryland/D.C.
    10       2       1       1       1  
Wisconsin
    1       1       1       1       0  
Oregon
    5       5       5       0       0  
Franchised locations
    0       0       0       6       7  
 
                                       
WE THE PEOPLE
                                       
Company operated
    0       0       0       3       13  
Franchised locations
    0       0       0       172       132  
     
 
    351       321       319       528       490  
 
                                       
CANADA
                                       
Company operated
    167       181       194       214       242  
Franchised locations
    87       109       117       129       128  
     
 
    254       290       311       343       370  
 
                                       
UNITED KINGDOM
                                       
Company operated
    123       122       125       152       172  
Franchised locations
    290       351       355       312       218  
     
 
    413       473       480       464       390  
     
Total stores
    1,018       1,084       1,110       1,335       1,250  
     

14


Table of Contents

     All of our company-operated stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. We generally assume the responsibility for required leasehold improvements, including signage, customer service representative partitions, alarm systems, computers, time-delayed safes and other office equipment. We adhere to a strict set of market survey and location guidelines when selecting store sites in order to ensure that our stores are placed in desirable locations near our customers.
Acquisitions
     On January 4, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of International Paper Converters Limited adding 17 company-owned financial services stores and two franchised financial services stores in the United Kingdom. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $2.7 million.
     On January 31, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Alexandria Financial Services, L.L.C. and certain of its affiliates .This acquisition added 24 financial services stores in the Louisiana market adding to our existing market share in that area of the country. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $11.9 million, including a revenue earn-out of $2.0 million that was paid in the quarter ended June 30, 2006.
     On March 7, 2005 our wholly owned subsidiary We The People USA, Inc. acquired substantially all of the outstanding assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. relating to the retail-based legal document preparation services business. We now offer these services through a network of 132 franchised and 13 company-owned store locations in 29 states. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million.
     On May 16, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Tenant Financial Enterprises, Inc. This acquisition added five financial services stores in the Arizona market, adding to our existing market share in that area of the country. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $1.7 million in cash.
     On March 9, 2006, we entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of thirteen franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. Eleven stores were acquired in March 2006 and two stores will be acquired in the future. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of our Canadian subsidiary, and we also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million in cash. An additional $3.6 million is being held in escrow for the remaining two stores.
     On April 3, 2006, we entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire six stores from a franchisee of our wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $2.0 million in cash.
     We are actively seeking targeted acquisitions and anticipate adding acquired stores in all three of our geographical markets in the future.
Facilities and hours of operation
     As part of our retail and customer-driven strategy, we present a clean and attractive environment and an appealing format for our stores. Size varies by location, but the stores are generally 1,000 to 1,400 square feet, with approximately half of that space allocated to the teller and back office areas.

15


Table of Contents

     Operating hours vary by location, but are typically extended and designed to cater to those customers who, due to work schedules, cannot make use of “normal” banking hours. A typical store operates from 9:00 A.M. to 9:00 P.M. during weekdays and on Saturdays, and from 10:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M. on Sundays. In certain locations, we operate stores 24 hours per day, seven days per week.
Operational structure
     Our senior management is located at our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania and is responsible for our overall strategic direction. This corporate staff includes personnel dedicated to compliance functions, including internal audit, risk management, and privacy, as well as executive management, business development, corporate finance, investor relations, compensation and benefits, global credit and legal functions. We also maintain corporate offices in Victoria, British Columbia and Nottingham, England. Management of our North American store operations is located in our Victoria office while the Nottingham office provides support for our United Kingdom store operations. This support includes executive store management and finance, and other centralized functions such as information systems, treasury, accounting, human resources, loss prevention and marketing.
     Additionally, in each country in which we operate, we have a store-management organization that is responsible for the day-to-day operations of our stores. District managers are directly responsible for the oversight of our store managers and store operations. Typically, each district manager oversees eight to ten stores. Each district manager reports to a market manager who supervises approximately five district managers. The market managers report to the head of operations in each of our corporate offices.
     We have a centralized facility to support our domestic consumer lending business. This call-center facility, located in Salt Lake City, Utah, currently employs approximately 150 full-time staff. Operating from 8:00 A.M. to midnight, Eastern time (including weekends), our staff performs inbound and outbound customer service for current and prospective consumer loan customers as well as collection and loan-servicing functions for all past-due domestic consumer loans. Our management at this facility includes experienced call-center operations, customer service, information technology and collections personnel. We believe that this centralized facility has helped us to improve our loan servicing significantly and has led to reduced credit losses on loans originated by us in the United States and significantly enhances our ability to manage the compliance responsibilities related to our domestic consumer lending operations. We believe that our ongoing investment in, and company-wide focus on, our compliance practices provides us with a competitive advantage relative to most other companies in our industry. We operate similar facilities in Canada and the United Kingdom as well.
Technology
     We currently have an enterprise-wide transaction processing computer network. We believe that this system has improved customer service by reducing transaction time and has allowed us to manage returned-check losses and loan-collection efforts better and to comply with regulatory recordkeeping and reporting requirements.
     We continue to enhance our point-of-sale transaction processing system, which is composed of a networked hardware and software package with integrated database and reporting capabilities. The point-of-sale system provides our stores with instantaneous customer information, thereby reducing transaction time and improving the efficiency of our credit-verification process. Also, we have deployed an enhanced centralized loan-management and collections system that provides improved customer service processing and management of loan transactions. The loan-management system and collections system uses integrated automated clearinghouse payment and returns processing, which facilitates faster notification of returns and faster clearing of funds as well as utilizing fax server document-processing technology, which has the effect of reducing both processing and loan-closing times. The point-of-sale system, together with the enhanced loan-management and collections systems, has improved our ability to offer new products and services and our customer service.
Security
     The principal security risks to our operations are robbery and employee theft. We have extensive security systems, dedicated security personnel and management information systems to address both areas of potential loss. We believe that our systems are among the most effective in the industry. Net security losses represented less than 0.5% of total revenues for fiscal 2006 and fiscal 2005.
     To protect against robbery, most store employees work behind bullet-resistant glass and steel partitions, and the back office, safe and computer areas are locked and closed to customers. Each store’s security measures include safes, electronic alarm systems monitored by third parties, control over entry to teller areas, detection of entry through perimeter openings, walls, and ceilings and the tracking of all employee movement in and out of secured areas. Employees use cellular phones to ensure safety and security whenever they are outside the secure teller area. Additional security measures include identical alarm systems in all stores, remote control over alarm systems, arming/ disarming and changing user codes and mechanically and electronically controlled time-delay safes.

16


Table of Contents

     Since we handle high volumes of cash and negotiable instruments at our locations, daily monitoring, unannounced audits and immediate responses to irregularities are critical in combating defalcations. We have an internal auditing program that includes periodic unannounced store audits and cash counts at randomly selected locations.
Advertising and Marketing
     We frequently survey and research customer trends and purchasing patterns in order to place the most effective advertising for each market. Our marketing promotions typically include in-store merchandising materials, advertising support and instruction of store personnel in the use of the materials. Drawing on statistical data from our transaction database, we use sophisticated direct marketing strategies to communicate with existing customers and prospects with demographic characteristics similar to those of existing customers. National television advertising promotes our brand in Canada and our franchisees contribute to fund this advertising. We also arrange cooperative advertising for our products and services with strategic partners such as Western Union and VISA. We provide our store managers with local marketing training that sets standards for promotions and marketing programs for their stores. Local marketing includes attendance and sponsorship of community events. A national classified telephone directory company is used to place all Yellow Pages advertising as effectively and prominently as possible. We research directory selection to assure effective communication with our target customers.
Competition
     Our store network represents the second-largest network of its kind in the United States and the largest network of its kind in each of Canada and the United Kingdom. The industry in which we operate in the United States is highly fragmented. We believe we operate one of only seven U.S. check cashing store networks that have more than 100 locations, the remaining competitors being local chains and single-unit operators. There are several public companies in the United States with a large network of stores offering single-payment consumer loans, as well as several large pawn shop chains offering the product in their store networks in the United States. Like check cashing, there are also many local chains and single-unit operators offering single-payment consumer loans as their principal business product. In addition, our legal document preparation services retail store network is the largest network of its kind in the United States.
     In Canada, we are the industry leader and we hold a dominant market share with exceptional brand awareness. In a recent public opinion study of three major metropolitan markets in English-speaking Canada, we found that we have achieved brand awareness of 85%. We estimate that the number of outlets offering check cashing and/or single-payment consumer loans to be 1,500. We believe there is only one other network of stores with over 300 locations and that there is only one other chain with over 50 locations. While we believe that we enjoy almost 25% market share by outlet in Canada, our research estimates our market share by volume of business to be significantly higher.
     Based on information from the British Cheque Cashers Association, we believe that we have a United Kingdom market share of approximately 25%. In addition, we believe that our 390 company-operated and franchised stores account for up to 40% of the total check cashing transactions performed at check cashing stores in the United Kingdom. In the consumer lending market, recent research indicates that the market for small, short-term single-payment loans is served by approximately 1,500 store locations, which include check cashers, pawn brokers and home-collected credit companies.
     In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we compete with banks and other financial services entities, as well as with retail businesses, such as grocery and liquor stores, which often cash checks for their customers. Some competitors, primarily grocery stores, do not charge a fee to cash a check. However, these merchants principally provide this service to a limited number of customers with superior credit ratings and will typically only cash “first party” checks, or those written on the customer’s account and made payable to the store.
     We also compete with companies that offer automated check cashing machines, and with franchised kiosk units that provide check-cashing and money order services to customers, which can be located in places such as convenience stores, bank lobbies, grocery stores, discount retailers and shopping malls. Our We The People locations compete with other providers of legal document preparation services in a highly fragmented market generally comprised of attorneys and law firms, single-store operators of paralegal businesses, as well as such businesses conducting business over the Internet.
     We believe that convenience, hours of operations and other aspects of customer service are the principal factors influencing customers’ selection of a financial services company in our industry, and that the pricing of products and services is a secondary consideration.

17


Table of Contents

Regulation
     We are subject to regulation by foreign, federal and state governments that affects the products and services we provide. In general, this regulation is designed to protect consumers who deal with us and not to protect the holders of our securities, including our common stock.
Regulation of check cashing
     To date, regulation of check cashing fees has occurred on the state level. We are currently subject to fee regulation in seven states: Arizona, California, Hawaii, Louisiana, Maryland, Ohio, Pennsylvania and the District of Columbia, where regulations set maximum fees for cashing various types of checks. Our fees comply with applicable state regulations.
     Some states, including California, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Utah, Washington and the District of Columbia, have enacted licensing requirements for check cashing stores. Other states, including Ohio, require the conspicuous posting of the fees charged by each store. A number of states, including Ohio, also have imposed recordkeeping requirements, while others require check cashing stores to file fee schedules with the state.
     In Canada, the federal government does not directly regulate our industry, nor do provincial governments generally impose any regulations specific to the industry. The exceptions are the Provinces of Québec and Saskatchewan, where check cashing stores are not permitted to charge a fee to cash government checks.
     In the United Kingdom, as a result of the Cheques Act of 1992, banks must refund the fraudulent or dishonest checks that they clear. For this reason, banks have invoked more stringent credit inspection and indemnity criteria for businesses such as ours. Additionally, in 2001 the Money Laundering Act of 1993 was enhanced, requiring check cashing, money transfer and bureau de change providers to be licensed. We currently comply with these more stringent rules and regulations.
Regulation of consumer lending
     In the United States, historically the majority of our stores were in states where we engaged in consumer lending as a servicer for federally insured financial institutions. We provided these banks with marketing, servicing and collection services for their unsecured short-term single-payment loan products that were offered under our service mark Cash ’Til Payday®. We also offered company-funded short-term single-payment loan products in a limited number of states where we had stores, also under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limits the period during which a borrower may have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition away from bank-funded consumer loans to company-funded loans. These loans will continue to be marketed under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark.
     As of June 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending in Pennsylvania, since the Pennsylvania legislature did not pass enabling legislation. We do not expect this cessation to have a material impact on our operations. We are currently developing an alternative company-funded revolving credit product for Pennsylvania consumers. We have implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, we guaranty, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that complies with Texas law.
     First Bank, the lender in our CustomCash® domestic installment loan program is working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. While we have been responsive to First Bank’s requests and inquiries, we are not certain whether First Bank will ultimately continue this line of business. However, at this time there is no indication it will not.
     We announced on June 16, 2005 that we were discontinuing marketing and servicing consumer loans fulfilled through document transmitter locations. This discontinuance resulted in a reduction of approximately $5.5 million of revenues for the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2006, with minimal impact on income before income taxes. We will continue to offer loans directly to borrowers through other channels of distribution.

18


Table of Contents

     In fiscal 2005, we ceased offering bank-funded loans in Arizona as a result of a state administrative law judge’s determination that our origination of loans made by First Bank did not conform with Arizona law. We agreed not to contest this determination and immediately transitioned to company-funded loans in Arizona.
     In fiscal 2004, we ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in Georgia in response to a law passed by the state legislature prohibiting these loans. Our short-term consumer lending business in Georgia was immaterial and we had no company-operated stores in that state. We are not currently aware of similar legislation that would require us to exit markets where we generate significant revenues.
     We do not plan to open any company-operated stores to engage in consumer lending in eleven other states where legislation is unfavorable or where the service is not likely to be profitable.
     Our Canadian consumer lending activities are subject to provincial licensing in Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Newfoundland but are subject only to limited substantive regulation. A federal usury ceiling applies to loans we make to Canadian consumers. Such borrowers contract to repay us in cash; if they elect to repay by check, we also collect, in addition to a permissible finance charge, our customary check-cashing fees. There is apparently current activity in the Canadian Parliament which would transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces.
     In the United Kingdom, consumer lending is governed by the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 and related rules and regulations. As required by the Act, we have obtained licenses from the Office of Fair Trading, which is responsible for regulating competition policy and for consumer protection. The Act also contains rules regarding the presentation, form and content of loan agreements, including statutory warnings and the layout of financial information. To comply with these rules, we use model credit agreements provided by the British Cheque Cashers Association.
     Our consumer lending activities are also subject to certain other state, federal and foreign regulations, including regulations governing lending practices and terms, such as the content, form and accuracy of our consumer disclosures, limitations on the cost of credit, fair debt collection practices and rules regarding advertising content.
Currency reporting regulation
     United States. Regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department under the Bank Secrecy Act require reporting of transactions involving currency in an amount greater than $10,000, or the purchase of monetary instruments for cash in amounts from $3,000 to $10,000. In general, every financial institution must report each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer that involves currency in an amount greater than $10,000. In addition, multiple currency transactions must be treated as a single transaction if the financial institution has knowledge that the transactions are by, or on behalf of, any one person and result in either cash in or cash out totaling more than $10,000 during any one business day. We believe that our point-of-sale system and employee training programs support our compliance with these regulatory requirements.
     Also, money services businesses are required by the Money Laundering Act of 1994 to register with the U.S. Treasury Department. Money services businesses include check cashers and sellers of money orders. Money services businesses must renew their registrations every two years, maintain a list of their agents, update the agent list annually and make the agent list available for examination. In addition, the Bank Secrecy Act requires money services businesses to file a Suspicious Activity Report for any transaction conducted or attempted involving amounts individually or in total equaling $2,000 or greater, when the money services businesses knows or suspects that the transaction involves funds derived from an illegal activity, the transaction is designed to evade the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act or the transaction is considered so unusual that there appears to be no reasonable explanation for the transaction. The United States PATRIOT Act includes a number of anti-money-laundering measures designed to assist in the identification and seizure of terrorist funds, including provisions that directly impact check cashers and other money services businesses. Specifically, the United States PATRIOT Act requires all check cashers to establish certain programs designed to detect and report money laundering activities to law enforcement. We believe we are in compliance with the United States PATRIOT Act. The U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control administers economic sanctions and embargo programs that require assets and transactions involving target countries and their nationals (referred to as “specially designated nationals and blocked persons”) be frozen. We maintain procedures to assure compliance with these requirements.
     Canada. The Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada is responsible for ensuring that money services businesses comply with the legislative requirements of the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act. The act requires the reporting of large cash transactions involving amounts of $10,000 or more received in cash and international electronic funds transfer requests of $10,000 or more. This act also requires submitting suspicious transactions reports where there are

19


Table of Contents

reasonable grounds to suspect that a transaction is related to the commission of a money laundering offense or to the financing of a terrorist activity. We believe that we are in compliance with the requirements of the act.
     United Kingdom. The Proceeds of Crime Act 2002 expanded, reformed and consolidated the United Kingdom’s criminal money laundering offenses. The Money Laundering Regulations 2003 impose certain reporting and record keeping requirements on persons and businesses in the regulated sector. Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs has the responsibility for enforcing the regulations. The regulations require that identity is taken for any person carrying out single or multiple foreign exchange transactions exceeding £10,000 or 15,000 and for the cashing of any third party check, in any amount. Any single foreign exchange transaction exceeding £5,000 and all transactions involving checks drawn on foreign banks are reported to the Serious Organized Crime Agency if deemed suspicious. Suspicious transaction reports, in addition to the foreign exchange requirements, are also submitted to the Serious Organized Crime Agency whenever there is a transaction which is inconsistent with a customer’s known legitimate business activities or with normal business for that type of account. We have existing procedures to remain in compliance with these requirements.
Regulation of legal document preparation services business
     The regulation of our legal document preparation services business comes from two principal sources:
    state laws which prohibit: (1) the unauthorized practice of law, or UPL; and (2) fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices generally; and
 
    section 110 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
     All states in the United States have laws which prohibit UPL. In addition, all states in the United States have consumer protection laws which prohibit fraudulent, deceptive and unfair business practices. In some of those states, the state bar association, in conjunction with a regulatory agency such as the state supreme court or the state attorney general, monitors and enforces compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. In other states, the state attorney general’s consumer protection regulatory authority includes monitoring and enforcing compliance with the state’s prohibitions on UPL. Two states, Arizona and California, have enacted laws which specifically allow and regulate the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys, including provisions which detail specific educational, certification and licensing requirements. There have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in Massachusetts, to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys. In Illinois, we are sponsoring a bill now moving through the legislative process which would regulate the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys.
     At the federal level, the preparation of bankruptcy petitions by non-attorneys is regulated by Section 110 of the Bankruptcy Code. Section 110 places restrictions on, among other things, the manner in which a non-attorney may advise debtors and sets forth additional requirements regarding how services are provided, the reasonableness of a non-attorney’s fees and how court fees are collected and handled. The Bankruptcy Abuse Prevention and Consumer Protection Act of 2005 added certain disclosure requirements to Section 110, none of which is expected to have a material impact on our legal document preparation services business. This legislation requires prospective debtors to seek consumer credit counseling before filing for chapter 7 bankruptcy. It is too soon to tell what impact, if any, this requirement will ultimately have on the volume of bankruptcy petitions processed by our legal document preparation services business, however, it has substantially decreased the volume processed in the latter half of fiscal 2006 as compared to the first half of the year.
     We believe that our legal document preparation services business model does not constitute the practice of law. From time to time, we receive inquiries from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities regarding our legal document preparation services business model and the activities of our franchisees. We address these inquiries as they are made on a case-by-case basis. In many instances, no further inquiries or actions are taken by the state bar association or regulatory authority. Nevertheless, our business model has been and continues to be challenged in various states and by various U.S. bankruptcy trustees.
Privacy regulation
     We are subject to a variety of state, federal and foreign laws and regulations restricting the use and seeking to protect the confidentiality of identifying and other personal consumer information. We have systems in place intended to safeguard such information as required.
Other regulation
     We operate a total of 133 financial service stores in California. This state has enacted a so-called “prompt remittance” statute. This statute specifies a maximum time for the payment of proceeds from the sale of money orders to the issuer of the money orders.

20


Table of Contents

In this way, the statute limits the number of days, known as the “float,” that we have use of the money from the sale of the money order.
     In addition to fee regulations, licensing requirements and prompt remittance statutes, certain jurisdictions have also placed limitations on the commingling of money order proceeds and established minimum bonding or capital requirements.
Proprietary Rights
     We hold the rights to a variety of service marks relating to products or services we provide in our stores. In addition, we maintain service marks relating to the various names under which our stores operate.
Insurance Coverage
     We maintain insurance coverage against losses, including theft, to protect our earnings and properties. We also maintain insurance coverage against criminal acts with a deductible of $50,000 per occurrence.
Employees
     On June 30, 2006, we employed 4,226 persons worldwide, consisting of 334 persons in our accounting, management information systems, legal, human resources, treasury, finance and administrative departments and 3,892 persons in our stores, including customer service representatives, store managers, regional supervisors, operations directors and store administrative personnel.
     None of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe that our relations with our employees are good.
Available Information
Our internet address is www.dfg.com. There we make available, free of charge, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC reports can be accessed through the investor relations section of our Web site. The information found on our Web site is not part of this or any report we file with or furnish to the SEC.
Cautionary Statement for Purposes of the “Safe Harbor” Provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
     This report may contain certain forward-looking statements regarding our expected performance for future periods, and actual results for such periods may materially differ. Such forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, including risks of changing market conditions in the overall economy and the industry, consumer demand, regulatory factors and the success of our strategies and other factors detailed from time to time in our annual and other reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The words “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “will” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statement, including our goals referred to herein, include but are not limited to our inability to:
    effectively compete in the financial services or legal document preparation services industries and maintain our share of the market;
 
    manage risks inherent in an international operation, including foreign currency fluctuation;
 
    maintain our key banking relationships;
 
    sustain demand for our products and services;
 
    manage changes in applicable laws and regulations governing consumer protection and lending practices;
 
    manage our growth effectively;
 
    compete in light of technological advances; or
 
    safeguard against employee error and theft.

21


Table of Contents

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS
     Our current business and future results may be affected by a number of risks and uncertainties, including those described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, results of operations and financial condition could suffer. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
If we do not generate a sufficient amount of cash, which depends on many factors beyond our control, our liquidity and our ability to service our indebtedness and fund our operations would be harmed.
     We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be adequate to meet our future liquidity needs. However, we have substantial debt service obligations, working capital needs and contractual commitments. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that our anticipated revenue growth will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us under credit facilities in amounts sufficient to enable us to pay our existing indebtedness, fund our expansion efforts or fund our other liquidity needs.
Changes in applicable laws and regulations governing consumer protection and lending practices, both domestically and abroad, may have a significant negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
     Our business is subject to numerous state and certain federal and foreign laws and regulations which are subject to change and which may impose significant costs or limitations on the way we conduct or expand our business. These regulations govern or affect:
    check cashing fees;
 
    licensing and posting of fees;
 
    lending practices, such as truth in lending and installment and single-payment lending;
 
    interest rates and usury;
 
    loan amount and fee limitations;
 
    currency reporting;
 
    privacy of personal consumer information; and
 
    prompt remittance of proceeds for the sale of money orders.
     As we develop and introduce new products and services, we may become subject to additional federal and state regulations. In addition, future legislation or regulations may restrict our ability to continue our current methods of operation or expand our operations and may have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Also, states may also seek to impose new licensing requirements or interpret or enforce existing requirements in new ways. Our business is also subject to litigation and regulatory proceedings, which could generate adverse publicity or cause us to incur substantial expenditures or modify the way we conduct our business.
     Currently our check cashing and consumer lending activities are subject to only limited substantive regulation in Canada other than usury laws. There is presently activity in the Canadian Parliament to transfer jurisdiction and the development of laws and regulation of our industry’s consumer loan products to the respective provinces. If this occurs, there can be no assurance that the new regulations that may be adopted would not have a detrimental effect on our consumer lending business in Canada. In the United Kingdom, our consumer lending activities must comply with the Consumer Credit Act of 1974 and related rules and regulations which, among other things, require us to obtain governmental licenses and prescribe the presentation, form and content of loan

22


Table of Contents

agreements. The modification of existing laws or regulations in Canada and the United Kingdom, or the adoption of new laws or regulations restricting or imposing more stringent requirements on our international check cashing and consumer lending activities, could increase our operating expenses and significantly limit our international business activities.
Our results of operations and financial condition may be negatively impacted by future guidance issued by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
     In the United States, in certain states we engage in consumer lending as a servicer for First Bank. We provide First Bank with marketing, servicing and collection services for their unsecured short-term single-payment loan products and their installment loan product. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limits the period during which a borrower may have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition away from bank-funded consumer loans to company-funded loans.
     As of June 30, 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending in the state, since the Legislature did not pass enabling legislation this year. All of our seventeen stores in Pennsylvania offer check cashing and other products and we expect they will continue to do so after July 1, 2006 when we cease to market and service single-payment loans in our Pennsylvania locations. In regards to our six Texas stores, we implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans in June, 2006. If any order, law, rule or regulation by the State of Texas were to have the effect of significantly curtailing the amount or manner in which we may assess fees for credit services, our revenues derived from offering credit services would be adversely affected, unless we could offer, or we could secure an agreement with another party not subject to such limitations, to offer similar or alternate services. We cannot assure you that a credit services organization model will achieve market acceptance with our customers.
     First Bank makes installment loans in five states where we market and service these loans. First Bank is working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this product. While we have been responsive to First Bank’s requests and inquiries, we are uncertain whether First Bank will ultimately continue this line of business. If we were unable to market and service this product in the future, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, assuming we could not successfully develop, introduce and manage alternative products in our financial services stores in the United States.
Public perception and press coverage of single-payment consumer loans as being predatory or abusive could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
     Consumer advocacy groups and some legislators have recently advocated governmental action to prohibit or severely restrict certain types of short-term consumer lending. Typically the consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage focus on lenders that charge consumers interest rates and fees that are higher than those charged by credit card issuers to more creditworthy consumers. This difference in credit cost may become more significant if a consumer does not repay the loan promptly, but renews the loan for one or more additional short-term periods. These types of short-term single-payment loans are often characterized by consumer groups, some legislators and press coverage as predatory or abusive toward consumers. If consumers accept this negative characterization of certain single-payment consumer loans and believe that the loans we provide to our customers fit this characterization, demand for our loans could significantly decrease, which could negatively affect our revenues and results of operations.
If our estimates of loan losses are not adequate to absorb losses, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.
     We maintain an allowance for loan losses for anticipated losses for loans we make directly as well as for fee adjustments for losses on loans we originate and service for others. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, including the reserve for estimated reductions to loan servicing fees, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, as well as loans owed to banks and serviced by us, historical loans charged off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current allowance for loan losses is based on our charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the total amount of outstanding loans that we make directly and outstanding loans we originate and service for others. As of June 30, 2006, our allowance for loan losses on company-funded consumer loans that were not in default was $5.4 million, our allowance for losses on defaulted loans was $11.7 million and our reserve for estimated reductions to loan service fees was

23


Table of Contents

$0.9 million. These reserves, however, are estimates, and if actual loan losses or reductions to loan servicing fees are materially greater than our loan loss reserves, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Legal proceedings may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows in future periods.
     We are currently subject to a number of legal proceedings. We are vigorously defending these proceedings. However, the resolution of one or more of these proceedings could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations or cash flows in future periods.
Competition in the financial services industry could cause us to lose market share and revenues.
     The industry in which we operate is highly fragmented and very competitive. In addition, we believe that the market will become more competitive as the industry consolidates. In addition to other check cashing stores and consumer lending stores in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom, we compete with banks and other financial services entities and retail businesses that cash checks, offer consumer loans, sell money orders, provide money transfer services or offer other products and services offered by us. Some of our competitors have larger and more established customer bases and substantially greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. As a result, we could lose market share and our revenues could decline, thereby affecting our ability to generate sufficient cash flow to service our indebtedness and fund our operations.
Unexpected changes in foreign tax rates and political and economic conditions could negatively impact our operating results.
     We currently conduct significant check cashing and consumer lending activities internationally. Our foreign subsidiaries accounted for 65.9% of our total revenues during fiscal 2006 and 59.5% of our total revenues during fiscal 2005. Our financial results may be negatively impacted to the extent tax rates in foreign countries where we operate increase and/or exceed those in the United States and as a result of the imposition of withholding requirements on foreign earnings. Moreover, if political, regulatory or economic conditions deteriorate in these countries, our ability to conduct our international operations could be limited and the costs could be increased, which could negatively affect our operating results.
The international scope of our operations may contribute to increased costs and negatively impact our operations.
     Our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom are significant to our business and present risks which may vary from those we face domestically. At June 30, 2006, assets held by our foreign subsidiaries represented 53.3% of our total assets. Since international operations increase the complexity of an organization, we may face additional administrative costs in managing our business. In addition, most countries typically impose additional burdens on non-domestic companies through the use of local regulations, tariffs and labor controls. Unexpected changes to the foregoing could negatively impact our operations.
Foreign currency fluctuations may adversely affect our results of operations.
     We derive significant revenue, earnings and cash flow from our operations in Canada and the United Kingdom. Our results of operations are vulnerable to currency exchange rate fluctuations in the Canadian dollar and the British pound against the United States dollar. We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted income before income taxes by approximately $6.8 million for fiscal 2006 and $5.5 million for fiscal 2005. This impact represents nearly 19.7% of our consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2006 and 27.9% of our consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2005. Our results of operations will continue to be significantly affected by foreign currency fluctuations, which would cause our results to be below expectations in any period.
Demand for our products and services is sensitive to the level of transactions effected by our customers, and accordingly, our revenues could be affected negatively by a general economic slowdown.
     A significant portion of our revenues is derived from cashing checks. Revenues from check cashing accounted for 43.4% of our total revenues during fiscal 2006 and 44.2% of our total revenues during fiscal 2005. Any changes in economic factors that adversely affect consumer transactions could reduce the volume of transactions that we process and have an adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations.

24


Table of Contents

Our business model for our legal document preparation services business is being challenged in the courts, as well as by state legislatures, which could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
     Our business model for our legal document preparation services business is being challenged in various states and, at the federal level, by various United States Bankruptcy trustees as the unauthorized practice of law. A finding in any of these pending lawsuits and proceedings that our legal document preparation services business model constitutes the unauthorized practice of law could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
     Future legislative and regulatory activities and court orders may restrict our ability to continue our current legal document preparation services business model or expand its use. For example, there have been recent efforts by various trade and state bar associations and state legislatures and regulators, such as in Massachusetts, to define the practice of law in a manner which would prohibit the preparation of legal documents by non-attorneys. In Illinois, as we have done successfully in both California and Arizona, we have sponsored legislation (presently pending in both the House and the Senate) that would provide a “safe harbor” for franchisees under its business model.
Changes in local rules and regulations such as local zoning ordinances could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
     In addition to state and federal laws and regulations, our business can be subject to various local rules and regulations such as local zoning regulations. Any actions taken in the future by local zoning boards or other local governing bodies to require special use permits for, or impose other restrictions on, our ability to provide products and services could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business and results of operations may be adversely affected if we are unable to manage our growth effectively.
     Our expansion strategy, which contemplates the addition of new stores and franchisees, is subject to significant risks. Our continued growth is dependent upon a number of factors, including the ability to hire, train and retain an adequate number of experienced management employees, the availability of adequate financing for our expansion activities, the ability to find qualified franchisees, the ability to obtain any government permits and licenses that may be required and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully grow our business or that our current business, results of operations and financial condition will not suffer if we are unable to do so. Expansion beyond the geographic areas where the stores are presently located will increase demands on management and divert their attention. In addition, expansion into new products and services will present new challenges to our business and will require additional management time.
Our check cashing services may become obsolete because of technological advances.
     We derive a significant component of our revenues from fees associated with cashing payroll, government and personal checks. Recently, there has been increasing penetration of electronic banking services into the check cashing and money transfer industry, including direct deposit of payroll checks and electronic transfer of government benefits. To the extent that checks received by our customer base are replaced with such electronic transfers, demand for our check cashing services could decrease.
Our business is seasonal in nature, which causes our revenues and earnings to fluctuate.
     Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications for refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during the third fiscal quarter ending March 31 when revenues from these tax-related services peak. This seasonality requires us to manage our cash flows over the course of the year. If our revenues were to fall substantially below what we would normally expect during certain periods, our financial results would be adversely impacted and our ability to service our debt, including our ability to make interest payments on our debt, may also be adversely affected.
Because we maintain a significant supply of cash in our stores, we may be subject to cash shortages due to robbery, employee error and theft.
     Since our business requires us to maintain a significant supply of cash in each of our stores, we are subject to the risk of cash shortages resulting from robberies as well as employee errors and theft. Although we have implemented various programs to reduce these risks, maintain insurance coverage for theft and provide security, systems and processes for our employees and facilities, we cannot assure you that robberies, employee error and theft will not occur and lead to cash shortages that could adversely affect our results of operations.

25


Table of Contents

If we lose key management or are unable to attract and retain the talent required for our business, our operating results could suffer.
     Our future success depends to a significant degree upon the members of our senior management team, particularly Jeffrey Weiss, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Donald Gayhardt, our President. Since joining us in 1990, Messrs. Weiss and Gayhardt have been instrumental in procuring capital to assist us in executing our growth strategies, identifying and negotiating domestic and international acquisitions and providing expertise in managing our developing international operations. The loss of the services of one or more members of senior management could harm our business and development. Our continued growth also will depend upon our ability to attract and retain additional skilled management personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain personnel as needed in the future, our operating results and growth could suffer.
A catastrophic event at our corporate or international headquarters or our centralized call-center facility in the United States could significantly disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
     Our global management processes are primarily provided from our corporate headquarters in Berwyn, Pennsylvania, and our international headquarters in Victoria, British Columbia and Nottingham, England. We also maintain a centralized call-center facility in Salt Lake City, Utah that performs customer service, collection and loan-servicing functions for our consumer lending business. We have in place disaster recovery plans for each of these sites, including data redundancy and remote information back-up systems, but if any of these locations were severely damaged by a catastrophic event, such as a flood, significant power outage or act of terror, our operations could be significantly disrupted and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely impacted.
Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market could depress our stock price and make it difficult for you to recover the full value of your investment.
     We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering or if there is a perception that these sales may occur, the market price of our common stock could decline.
Our anti-takeover provisions could prevent or delay a change in control of our company, even if such change of control would be beneficial to our stockholders.
     Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company, even if such change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
    a board of directors that is classified such that only one-third of directors are elected each year;
 
    authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be issued by our board of directors to increase the number of outstanding shares and thwart a takeover attempt;
 
    limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders;
 
    prohibiting stockholder action by written consent and requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of our stockholders; and
 
    establishing advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings.
     In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporations Law limits business combination transactions with 15% stockholders that have not been approved by the board of directors. These provisions and other similar provisions make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without negotiation. These provisions may apply even if the transaction may be considered beneficial by some stockholders.
We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.
     We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We intend to retain all of our earnings for the foreseeable future to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our common stock if the market price of our common stock increases.
Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may be able to exert significant control over our future direction.
Our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders together control approximately 39.4% of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, may be able to exert significant influence, as a practical matter, on all matters requiring our stockholders’ approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. We are also a party to employment agreements with Jeffrey Weiss and Donald Gayhardt that require us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that they continue to be members of our board of directors as long as they are our Chief Executive Officer and President, respectively. As a result, this concentration of ownership and representation on our board of directors may delay, prevent or deter a change in control, could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of the company or its assets and might reduce the market price of our common stock.

26


Table of Contents

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
     None.
Item 2. PROPERTIES
     All of our company-operated stores are leased, generally under leases providing for an initial multi-year term and renewal terms from one to five years. The leases may contain provisions for additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges. With respect to leased locations open as of June 30, 2006, the following table shows the total number of leases expiring during the periods indicated, assuming the exercise of our renewal options:
         
Period Ending   Number of
June 30,   Expiring
2007
    152  
2008 - 2010
    400  
2011 - 2015
    176  
2016 - 2020
    32  
 
       
 
    760  
 
       
The following table reflects the change in the number of stores during fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006:
                         
    2004   2005   2006
     
Number of stores at beginning of period
    1,084       1,110       1,335  
New stores opened
    14       42       34  
Stores acquired
    3       51       47  
Stores closed
    (3 )     (15 )     (32 )
Net change in franchise stores
    12       147       (134 )
     
Number of stores at end of period
    1,110       1,335       1,250  
     

27


Table of Contents

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     In addition to the legal proceedings discussed below, which we are defending vigorously, we are involved in routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although we believe that the resolution of these proceedings will not materially adversely impact our business, there can be no assurances in that regard.
Canadian Legal Proceedings
     On August 19, 2003, a former customer in Ontario, Canada, Margaret Smith, commenced an action against us and our Canadian subsidiary on behalf of a purported class of Ontario borrowers who, Smith claims, were subjected to usurious charges in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleges violations of a Canadian federal law proscribing usury and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. Our Canadian subsidiary’s motion to stay the action on grounds of arbitrability was denied. Our motion to stay the action for lack of jurisdiction was denied. We are seeking leave to appeal this decision to the Supreme Court of Canada. We are also seeking to have the action stayed, as to the Company, pending a decision on our leave application. The certification motion in this action is scheduled to proceed in October with regard to our Canadian subsidiary and, if our application to stay the proceeding is not successful, with the Company as well.
     On October 21, 2003, another former customer, Kenneth D. Mortillaro, commenced a similar action against our Canadian subsidiary, but this action has since been stayed on consent because it is a duplicate action. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Mortillaro action are substantially the same as those in the Smith action.
     On November 6, 2003, Gareth Young, a former customer, commenced a purported class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from our Canadian subsidiary in Alberta, alleging, among other things, that the charge to borrowers in connection with such loans is usurious. The action seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. On December 9, 2005, our Canadian subsidiary settled this action, subject to court approval. On March 3, 2006 just prior to the date scheduled for final court approval of the settlement the plaintiff’s lawyer advised that they would not proceed with the settlement and indicated their intention to join the purported national class action. No steps have been taken in the action since March.
     On January 29, 2003, a former customer, Kurt MacKinnon, commenced an action against our Canadian subsidiary and 26 other Canadian lenders on behalf of a purported class of British Columbia residents who, MacKinnon claims, were overcharged in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, alleges violations of laws proscribing usury and unconscionable trade practices and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, in an unknown amount. Following initial denial, MacKinnon obtained an order permitting him to re-apply for class certification which was appealed. The Court of Appeal has granted MacKinnon the right to apply to the original judge to have her amend her order denying certification. On June 14, 2006, the original judge granted the requested order. Our Canadian subsidiary is seeking leave to appeal the order.
     On April 15, 2005, the solicitor acting for MacKinnon commenced a proposed class action against our Canadian subsidiary on behalf of another former customer, Louise Parsons. The certification motion in this action is scheduled to proceed in November 2006, but likely will not proceed if MacKinnon‘s order allowing him to re-apply for class certification is not overturned on appeal.
     Similar purported class actions have been commenced against our Canadian subsidiary in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. We are named as a defendant in the actions commenced in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland but it has not been served with the statements of claim in these actions to date. The claims in these additional actions are substantially similar to those of the Ontario actions referred to above.
     At this time it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of these matters.
California Legal Proceedings
     We are the defendant in four lawsuits commenced by the same law firm. Each lawsuit is pled as a class action, and each lawsuit alleges violations of California’s wage-and-hour laws. The named plaintiffs are our former employees Vernell Woods (commenced August 22, 2000), Juan Castillo (commenced May 1, 2003), Stanley Chin (commenced May 7, 2003) and Kenneth Williams (commenced June 3, 2003). Each of these suits seeks an unspecified amount of damages and other relief in connection with allegations that we misclassified California store (Woods) and area (Castillo) managers as “exempt” from a state law requiring the payment of overtime compensation, that we failed to provide non-management employees with meal and rest breaks required under state law

28


Table of Contents

(Chin) and that we computed bonuses payable to its store managers using an impermissible profit-sharing formula (Williams). The trial court in Chin denied plaintiff’s motion for class certification. Plaintiffs appealed that ruling and in May 2006, the Appellate Court affirmed the denial of class certification. On March 15, 2006, we reached a settlement in the Woods, Castillo and Williams actions, and the court granted preliminary approval of that settlement on June 19, 2006. We agreed to settle Woods for $4,000,000, Castillo for $1,100,000 and Williams for $700,000. The total amount paid to the class members in Woods and Castillo may increase if our estimate of the total number of workweeks for those classes proves to be too low. It is unlikely that the settlement amounts for Woods or Castillo will increase by more than twenty percent. The settlement is also subject to final court approval, the court will hold the hearing for final approval on October 3, 2006. Although we expect approval, there can be no assurance that such approval will be forthcoming. We accrued $5.8 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 related to the Woods, Castillo and Williams cases. At June 30, 2006, this amount is included in other accrued expenses and other liabilities.
     At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from the Chin case.
We The People Legal Proceedings
     Our business model for our legal document preparation services business is being challenged in the courts, as described below, which could result in our discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
     The company from which we bought the assets of our We The People business, We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”), and/or certain of our franchisees are defendants in various lawsuits. These actions, which are pending in North Carolina, Illinois, Florida, Ohio, Oregon and Georgia state courts, allege violations of the unauthorized practice of law statute and various consumer protection statutes of those states. There are presently fifteen stores operated by franchisees in these six states. These cases seek damages and/or injunctive relief, which could prevent us and/or our franchisees from preparing legal documents in accordance with our present business model. The Illinois case has been pending since March 2001. The Georgia case was commenced against our local franchisee in May 2005. The North Carolina case has been pending since the summer of 2003. The Florida case and Ohio case have been pending since February 2006.
     On February 9, 2006, We The People and the Tennessee Department of Consumer Affairs (“the Department”) reached a mutual agreement to end a lawsuit filed by the Department against We The People and its two Tennessee franchisees that had alleged violations of the Tennessee unauthorized practice of law statutes and the Tennessee Consumer Protection Act. The agreement, which was confirmed by the court, allows We The People to continue its operations in Tennessee however, We The People agreed to make some adjustments to its services and advertisements. Additionally, as part of the resolution of the dispute, We The People has made a payment of $160,000 to the State that will be available to be distributed as refunds to eligible consumers. We The People had denied any liability or any wrongdoing, and no wrongdoing was found by either the court or the Department.
     The state bar association in Mississippi had commenced an investigation regarding our and our local franchisee’s legal document preparation activities within that state in February 2005. The franchisee operated one store in Mississippi at that time. The Mississippi store closed in the Fall of 2005 and the Mississippi Bar Association terminated their investigation.
     The Former WTP and/or certain of our franchisees were defendants in adversary proceedings commenced by various United States Bankruptcy trustees in bankruptcy courts in the District of Colorado, Eastern District of New York, the District of Maryland, District of Connecticut, the Northern District of Illinois, the Middle District of Tennessee, the Eastern District of Tennessee, the Eastern District of Oklahoma, the Middle District of North Carolina, the District of Idaho, the District of Oregon, the Eastern District of Michigan and the District of Delaware. The actions in Connecticut, Colorado, Illinois, New York, Connecticut, Maryland, Delaware, Michigan and Oklahoma have recently been settled by Consent Order and Stipulation. The cases in Tennessee, Idaho and North Carolina have been adjudicated by the courts and limits have been placed on the We The People model and price for services in those states. A case was filed recently in the Central District of Texas. In each of these adversary proceedings, the United States Bankruptcy trustee alleged that the defendants violated certain requirements of Section 110 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which governs the preparation of bankruptcy petitions by non-attorneys, and engaged in fraudulent, unfair and deceptive conduct which constitutes the unauthorized practice of law.
     In March 2003, the Former WTP, on behalf of its local franchisee, filed an appeal from a decision of the United States District Court for the District of Idaho which had reduced the fee that the Former WTP franchisee could charge for its bankruptcy petition preparation services and ruled that the Former WTP’s business model for the preparation of bankruptcy petitions was deceptive or unfair, resulted in the charging of excessive fees and constituted the unauthorized practice of law. On June 17, 2005, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed this decision, without reaching the issues related to unauthorized practice of law.

29


Table of Contents

     On May 10, 2005, we, the Former WTP and certain of our local franchisees temporarily settled two of the bankruptcy adversary proceedings pending in the District of Connecticut and in the Southern District of New York by entering into stipulated preliminary injunctions regarding preparation of bankruptcy petitions within these judicial districts pending the final resolution of these proceedings. Each of the adversary proceedings temporarily settled was referred to mediation, together with certain other matters currently pending in the Southern District of New York and in the Eastern District of New York against the Former WTP and certain of our franchisees, in an effort to develop a protocol for us and our franchisees located within all Federal judicial districts in New York, Vermont and Connecticut to comply with Section 110 of the Bankruptcy Code. Subsequently, through mediation, this preliminary injunction with several modifications, was the basis for a Stipulated Final Judgment permitting the We The People model protocol within the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York, Vermont and Connecticut.
     In December 2004, the Former WTP entered into a stipulated judgment based on an alleged violation of the Federal Trade Commission’s Franchise Rule. Under the terms of the judgment, the Former WTP paid a $286,000 fine and is permanently enjoined from violating the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Franchise Rule and is required to comply with certain compliance training, monitoring and reporting and recordkeeping obligations. We requested that the Federal Trade Commission confirm that it agrees with our interpretation and that these obligations are applicable only to our legal document preparation services business.
     On August 11, 2005, Sally S. Attia and two other attorneys, purporting to sue on behalf of a nationwide class of all U.S. bankruptcy attorneys, commenced an antitrust action against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. They allege that we and the Former WTP have unlawfully restrained competition in the market for bankruptcy services through our advertising and other practices, and they seek class-action status, damages in an indeterminate amount (including punitive and treble damages under the Sherman and Clayton Acts) and other relief. On August 12, 2005, the court denied plaintiffs’ request for expedited or ex parte injunctive relief. Our motion to dismiss this action was submitted on October 7, 2005, and we are presently awaiting a decision.
     On October 21, 2005, we filed an action against IDLD, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield (collectively, the “IDLD Parties”) in the Court of Common Pleas of Chester County, Pennsylvania, alleging that the sellers of the We The People business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from us. We also assert breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. On March 13, 2006, the sellers and We The People Hollywood Florida, Inc. filed suit against us in the United States District Court for the Central District of California alleging that we deprived plaintiffs of the benefits of the purchase agreement, improperly terminated the employment contracts that Ira and Linda Distenfield had with us, and other claims. On April 7, 2006, the parties agreed to stay both the Pennsylvania and California litigations and to have all disputes resolved by arbitration. The parties have selected three arbitrators and discovery is now underway. The arbitration proceedings are expected to begin on February 5, 2007 and to continue for approximately three weeks.
     On July 6, 2006, a current We The People franchisee, New Millennium Corporation, filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, Santa Barbara County alleging that Ira and Linda Distenfield and WTP FSC USA (now IDLD), the former owner of the We The People franchise system, violated the California Franchise Investment Law, breached certain addenda to franchise agreements and engaged in fraud, unjust enrichment, conversion and unfair business practices in connection with New Millennium’s purchase, in 2004, of two We the People franchises in Marin County and the East Bay of the San Francisco Bay Area. The Company’s subsidiary, We The People USA, Inc. (WTP), is also named as a defendant in the action as the alleged successor to WTP FSC USA as are Dollar Financial Group and the Company as WTP’s parent and ultimate parent, respectively.
     On July 24, 2006, a former franchisee in the We The People system, Glen Tioram Moors, filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of California in Orange County alleging that Ira and Linda Distenfield and WTP FSC USA (now IDLD), the former owner of the We The People franchise system, in 2004 sold plaintiff a franchise for 3 cities in California and engaged in a plan to defraud plaintiff by selling the same franchise to multiple owners. WTP, our subsidiary, is also named as a defendant and is alleged to have interfered with plaintiff’s franchise contract when WTP sold a franchise to another individual for one of those cities.
     At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of any of the aforementioned matters.
     In addition to the matters described above, we continue to respond to inquiries we receive from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities from time to time as a routine part of our business regarding our legal document preparation services business and our franchisees.
     While we believe there is no legal basis for liability in any of the aforementioned cases, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, we are unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is

30


Table of Contents

currently not determinable, we do not expect that the ultimate cost to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect our consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Item 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
     None.

31


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Market Information
     Our common shares are traded on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “DLLR.” Our common stock was initially offered to the public on January 28, 2005 at a price of $16.00 Below is a summary of the high and low prices of our stock for each quarterly period since the date of our initial public offering as reported on the NASDAQ National Market.
                 
Period   High   Low
January 28, 2005 until March 31, 2005
  $ 17.06     $ 10.57  
April 1, 2005 until June 30, 2005
  $ 13.00     $ 8.50  
July 1, 2005 until September 30, 2005
  $ 15.40     $ 10.64  
October 1, 2005 until December 31, 2005
  $ 12.90     $ 10.27  
January 1, 2006 until March 31, 2006
  $ 18.05     $ 10.70  
April 1, 2006 until June 30, 2006
  $ 19.74     $ 16.62  
Holders
     On August 31, 2006, there were approximately, 119 shareholders of record.
Debt Securities
     Our credit agreement, as amended and restated as of July 8, 2005, and the indenture dated November 13, 2003 between OPCO and U.S. Bank, National Association as trustee, relating to OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.
Dividends
     We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any payment of cash dividends on our common stock will be dependent upon the ability of OPCO, our wholly owned subsidiary, to pay dividends or make cash payments or advances to us. Our credit agreement, as amended and restated as of July 8, 2005, and the indenture dated November 13, 2003 between OPCO and U.S. Bank, National Association as trustee, relating to OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011, contain restrictions on our declaration and payment of dividends. See “Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. For example, OPCO’s ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us, and thus our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, will depend upon, among other things, its level of indebtedness at the time of the proposed dividend or distribution, whether it is in default under its financing agreements and the amount of dividends or distributions made in the past. Our future dividend policy will also depend on the requirements of any future financing agreements to which we may be a party and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors, including the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which provides that dividends are only payable out of surplus or current net profits.

32


Table of Contents

Securities Authorized For Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
As of June 30, 2006:
                         
    Number of           Number of securities
    securities to   Weighted-average   Remaining
    be issued   exercise price of   Available for
    upon   outstanding   Future issuance
    exercise of   options,   Under equity
    outstanding options,   warrants and   Compensation
Plan Category   warrants and rights   rights   Plans
Equity compensation Plans approved by Shareholders Options
    1,715,142     $ 12.07       636,204  
Restricted Shares
    107,841       (a )        
Equity compensation Plans not approved by Shareholders
                 
Total
    1,822,983     $ 12.07       636,204  
 
(a)   Not applicable

33


Table of Contents

Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     We derived the following historical financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2002, June 30, 2003, June 30, 2004, June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended June 30, 2006, which are included elsewhere in this report and our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for fiscal 2002 and the twelve month period ended June 30, 2003 which are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This table should be read together with the information contained in “Item 7 – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in “Item 8 – Financial Statements of Supplementary Data”.
                                         
    2002     2003     2004     2005(4)     2006(5)  
Statement of Operations Data:
                                       
Revenues:
                                       
Check Cashing
  $ 104,792     $ 108,435     $ 117,397     $ 128,748     $ 142,470  
Consumer lending:
                                       
Fees from consumer lending
    98,538       107,580       122,461       153,004       162,588  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
    (27,913 )     (24,995 )     (24,489 )     (29,425 )     (30,367 )
 
                             
Consumer lending, net
    70,625       82,585       97,972       123,579       132,221  
Money transfer fees
    10,098       11,652       13,032       14,771       17,205  
Other
    16,461       16,716       17,706       24,468       36,625  
 
                             
Total Revenues
    201,976       219,388       246,107       291,566       328,521  
 
                                       
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
    67,733       73,698       80,291       91,982       106,823  
Occupancy
    18,140       18,896       19,828       22,899       27,914  
Depreciation
    6,562       5,908       6,588       7,226       7,834  
Other
    47,265       49,029       54,066       62,371       69,024  
 
                             
Total store and regional expenses
    139,700       147,531       160,773       184,478       211,595  
 
                             
Store and regional margin
    62,276       71,857       85,334       107,088       116,926  
 
                                       
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Establishment of reserves for new consumer lending arrangements (3)
    2,244                          
Corporate expenses
    20,998       26,039       27,439       38,276       41,784  
Management fee
    1,049       1,049       1,003       637        
Other depreciation and amortization
    2,669       3,271       3,244       3,776       3,655  
Interest expense, net of interest income
    31,274       34,620       40,123       33,878       29,702  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
                10,355       8,097        
Litigation settlement costs
          2,750                    
Reserve for litigation settlement
                            5,800  
Termination of management services agreement
                      2,500        
Other
    1,435       3,987       361       295       1,506  
 
                             
Income before income taxes
    2,607       141       2,809       19,629       34,479  
Income tax provision (1)
    5,999       8,735       30,842 (2)     19,986       27,514  
 
                             
Net (loss) income
  $ (3,392 )   $ (8,594 )   $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net (loss) income per share:
                                       
Basic
    ($0.31 )     ($0.78 )     ($2.56 )     ($0.03 )   $ 0.38  
Diluted
    ($0.31 )     ($0.78 )     ($2.56 )     ($0.03 )   $ 0.37  
Shares used to calculate net loss per share:
                                       
Basic
    10,965,778       10,965,778       10,965,778       13,945,883       18,280,131  
Diluted
    10,965,778       10,965,778       10,965,778       13,945,883       18,722,753  
 
                                       
Operating and Other Data:
                                       
Net cash provided by (used in):
                                       
Operating activities
  $ 13,442     $ 2,865     $ 19,595     $ 22,245     $ 22,438  
Investing activities
  $ (10,108 )   $ (10,679 )   $ (8,619 )   $ (44,807 )   $ (39,415 )
Financing activities
  $ 10,420     $ (9,930 )   $ (15,691 )   $ 43,225     $ 39,696  
Stores in operation at end of period:
                                       
Company-owned
    641       624       638       716       765  
Franchised stores and check cashing merchants
    377       460       472       619       485  
 
                             
Total
    1,018       1,084       1,110       1,335       1,250  
 
                             
 
                                       
Check Cashing Data:
                                       
Face amount of checks cashed
  $ 2,969,455,000     $ 2,938,950,000     $ 3,169,350,000     $ 3,424,835,000     $ 3,772,426,000  
Number of checks cashed
    8,627,526       8,568,944       8,427,990       8,141,697       8,373,342  
Average face amount per check
  $ 344.18     $ 342.98     $ 376.05     $ 420.65     $ 450.53  
Average fee per check
  $ 12.15     $ 12.65     $ 13.93     $ 15.81     $ 17.01  
Average fee as a % of face amount
    3.53 %     3.69 %     3.70 %     3.76 %     3.78 %
 
                                       
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                       
Cash
  $ 86,637     $ 71,809     $ 69,270     $ 92,504     $ 200,971  
Total assets
  $ 304,599     $ 313,611     $ 319,337     $ 387,856     $ 551,825  
Total debt
  $ 306,462     $ 311,614     $ 325,003     $ 271,764     $ 311,037  
Shareholder’s (deficit) equity
  $ (32,418 )   $ (28,970 )   $ (50,887 )   $ 59,636     $ 161,953  

34


Table of Contents

 
(1)   As a result of our refinancing in November 2003, we no longer accrue United States taxes on our foreign earnings. The amount of such tax was as follows:
                                 
Year ended June 30,
2002   2003   2004   2005   2006
(dollars in thousands)
$2,370
    $5,162       $2,349       $ —       $ —  
 
(2)   Due to the refinancing of our debt in November 2003, significant deferred tax assets have been generated. Because the ability to realize the benefits of the asset is not certain, we provided a full valuation allowance against the deferred taxes at June 30, 2006 which amounted to $47.5 million. Because realization is not assured, we have not recorded the benefit of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2006, we have approximately $108.0 million of United States federal and state net operating losses and loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income. The United States federal and state net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023, if not utilized. We believe that our ability to utilize the net operating losses in a given year will be limited under Section 382 of the Code because of changes of ownership resulting from the June 15, 2006 offering of our common stock. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under Section 382 of the Code.
 
(3)   During fiscal 2002, Eagle National Bank discontinued the offering of single-payment consumer loans through our stores pursuant to a December 18, 2001 consent order entered into with the United States Comptroller of the Currency. In June 2002, we entered into a new servicing relationship with County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware to provide single-payment consumer loans to our customers. The change in our servicing relationship required corresponding changes to our banking systems, procedures and daily operations. County Bank elected not to fund loans in California and, therefore, we increased the number and amount of company-funded loans we originated. State regulations also prevented the refinancing of company-funded loans in California on their stated maturity date. We believed these factors increased the likelihood of loan losses on our company-funded consumer loan portfolio and the bank-funded consumer loan portfolio. Accordingly, we increased our estimated loss rates for both of these portfolios and established an aggregate reserve of $2.2 million. In June 2005, we terminated our relationship with County Bank.
 
(4)   On January 4, 2005 we acquired substantially all of the outstanding shares of International Paper Converters Limited, d/b/a Cheque Changer Limited. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $2.7 million and was funded through excess internal cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $2.5 million. On January 31, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Alexandria Financial Service, LLC and certain of its affiliates. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $11.9 million in cash, which includes a revenue earn-out of $2.0 million payable January 31, 2006. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.1 million. On March 7, 2005, we entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (“Former WTP”) relating to the Former WTP’s retail-based legal document preparation services business. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million, consisting of $10.5 million in cash paid at closing, $2.0 million in unregistered shares of our common stock and $1.5 million paid at closing to an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the Former WTP. In May 2005, $250,000 of the escrow amount was distributed to the seller and 25% of the remaining escrow amount was scheduled to be distributed on each of December 31, 2005, March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, assuming no indemnification claims at such times. In addition, we assumed $750,000 in liabilities and assumed approximately $7.6 million in refundable deposits related to certain franchise agreements. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to purchased franchise agreements for $1.2 million and other assets for $1.1 million, with the remainder allocated to goodwill. The agreement also includes a maximum revenue-based earn out of up to $3.0 million which is payable over a two-year period. Our revolving credit facility and unregistered shares of our common stock were used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired was $21.5 million. On May 16, 2005, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Tenant Financial Enterprises, Inc., consisting of five financial services stores in Arizona. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $1.7 million in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.7 million. During fiscal 2005, we completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.1 million.
 
(5)   In July 2005, we purchased 26 We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territory for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $5.0 million and was funded through excess internal cash. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to territory rights for $4.3 million and $800,000 to other assets.. In October 2005, we purchased three We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territories for future development. In addition, we acquired three undeveloped territories from franchisees for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $1.6 million, consisting of $833,000 in cash paid at closing and a $733,000 note payable. We allocated $181,000 of the purchase price to territory rights. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.1 million. On March 9, 2006, we entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of thirteen franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. Eleven stores were acquired in March 2006 and two stores will be acquired contingent upon the successful attainment of required loan licenses. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of our Canadian subsidiary, and we also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million cash. An additional $3.6 million is being held in escrow for the remaining two stores. We allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $1.4 million and other assets for $1.4 million. Our revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.9 million.

35


Table of Contents

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Executive Summary
     We are the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc., collectively referred to herein as OPCO, and its wholly owned subsidiaries. We have historically derived our revenues primarily from providing check cashing services, consumer lending and other consumer financial products and services, including money orders, money transfers and bill payment. For our check cashing services, we charge our customers fees that are usually equal to a percentage of the amount of the check being cashed and are deducted from the cash provided to the customer. For our consumer loans, we receive origination and servicing fees from the banks providing the loans or, if we fund the loans directly, interest and fees on the loans. With respect to our We The People, or WTP, company-operated stores, we charge customers for legal document preparation services. With respect to our WTP franchised locations, we receive initial franchise fees upon the initial sale of a franchise. Processing fees from our franchisees are earned for processing customers’ legal documents.
     In the United States, historically the majority of our stores were in states where we engaged in consumer lending as a servicer for federally insured financial institutions. We provided these banks with marketing, servicing and collection services for their unsecured short-term single-payment loan products that were offered under our service mark Cash ’Til Payday®. We also offered company-funded short-term single-payment loan products in a limited number of states where we had stores, also under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limits the period during which a borrower may have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, we announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, we would transition our business away from bank-funded consumer loans to company-funded loans. These loans will continue to be marketed under our Cash ’Til Payday® mark.
     As of June 30, 2006, all of our retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically we marketed and serviced bank-funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, we were advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending in the state, since the Legislature did not pass enabling legislation this year. We do not expect this cessation to have a material impact on our operations. We are currently developing an alternative company-funded revolving credit product for Pennsylvania consumers. We have implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at our six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, we guarantee, originate and service loans for a non-bank lender that comply with Texas law.
     The lender in our CustomCash® domestic installment loan program, First Bank, is working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. While we have been responsive to the bank’s requests and inquiries, we are uncertain whether the bank will ultimately continue this line of business. However, at this time, we have no indication that the bank will not continue this program.
     We announced on June 16, 2005 that we were discontinuing marketing and servicing consumer loans fulfilled through document transmitter locations. This discontinuance resulted in a reduction of approximately $5.5 million of revenues for the twelve-month period ending June 30, 2006, with minimal impact on income before income taxes. We will continue to offer loans directly to borrowers through other channels of distribution.
     On March 9, 2006, we entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of thirteen franchised stores in Canada in a series of transactions. Eleven stores were acquired in March 2006 and two stores will be acquired in the future. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of our Canadian subsidiary, and we also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million in cash. An additional $3.6 million is being held in escrow for the remaining two stores.
     On April 3, 2006, we entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire six stores from a franchisee of our wholly-owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $2.0 million in cash.
     Our expenses primarily relate to the operations of our store network, including salaries and benefits for our employees, occupancy expense for our leased real estate, depreciation of our assets and corporate and other expenses, including costs related to opening and closing stores.

36


Table of Contents

     In each foreign country in which we operate, local currency is used for both revenues and expenses. Therefore, we record the impact of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to our foreign net income.
     In our discussion of our financial condition and results of operations, we refer to stores and franchises that were open for the entire period and the comparable prior fiscal period as comparable stores and franchises.
Impact of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita on our Operations.
     At the start of fiscal 2006 we operated 29 financial service stores in the State of Louisiana. Five of these stores are in New Orleans and were directly impacted by Hurricane Katrina; and four of which are located in the Lake Charles area and were directly impacted by Hurricane Rita. By mid-October, all of the stores in the Lake Charles area and one store in New Orleans had reopened. Although several of the stores outside of New Orleans and Lake Charles were briefly closed for a few days after the storms, the financial impact on those stores was immaterial. We have assessed the extent of the damage to the New Orleans stores and have elected to close two of the stores permanently and have developed a timetable for reopening the remaining two stores. We anticipate that the two remaining stores in New Orleans will reopen in the first half of our 2007 fiscal year, subject to the status of the reconstruction of the devastated areas of New Orleans and the re-establishment of its local population. The Company has insurance for the impacted stores, which covers property damage and business interruption due to wind and hail, as well as acts of crime.
     The impact of the hurricanes to income before income taxes for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 was approximately $1.2 million, due primarily to reduced revenue from the impacted store locations.
Discussion of Critical Accounting Policies
     In the ordinary course of business, we have made a number of estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of results of operations and financial condition in the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. We evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, loss reserves and intangible assets. We base these estimates on the information currently available to us and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could vary from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
     We believe that the following critical accounting policies affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements:
Revenue Recognition
     With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from our check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other revenues on our statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale.
     With respect to our franchised locations, we recognize initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines that we established. As part of the franchise agreement, we provide certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, we must also provide updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that we determine is necessary. Initial franchise fees included in revenues were $389,000, $1.1 million and $1.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Total franchise revenues were $3.3 million, $7.1 million and $11.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
     For single-payment consumer loans that we make directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 37 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. Our reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
     In addition to the single-payment consumer loans originated and funded by us, we also have historically had domestic relationships with two banks, County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, or County Bank, and First Bank. Pursuant to these relationships, we marketed and serviced single-payment consumer loans domestically, which had terms ranging from 7 to 23 days, which were funded by the banks. The banks were responsible for the application review process and determining whether to approve an

37


Table of Contents

application and fund a loan. As a result, the banks’ loans are not recorded on our balance sheet. We earned a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that was paid by borrowers to the banks. In connection with our transition to the company-funded consumer loan model in June 2005, we terminated our relationship with County Bank and amended our relationship with First Bank. In the third quarter of this fiscal year, First Bank announced that as of June 30, 2006, it would no longer originate single-payment consumer loans.
     For domestic loans funded by First Bank, we recognized net servicing fee income ratably over the life of the related loan. In addition, First Bank has established a target loss rate for the loans marketed and serviced by us. Servicing fees payable to us were reduced by the amount the actual losses exceed this target loss rate. If actual losses were below the target loss rate, the difference was paid to us as a servicing fee. The measurement of the actual loss rate and settlement of servicing fees occurred twice every month.
     Because our domestic servicing fees were reduced by loan losses incurred by the banks, we established a reserve for servicing fee adjustments. To estimate the appropriate reserve for servicing fee adjustments, we considered the amount of outstanding loans owed to the banks, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. The reserve was then based on net charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loans originated on behalf of the banks applied against the total amount of the banks’ outstanding loans. This reserve was reported in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our balance sheet and was $0 at June 30, 2006 and $1.3 million at June 30, 2005.
     During fiscal 2006, we began to market and service bank-funded consumer installment loans in the United States with terms of four months made by First Bank. First Bank is responsible for the application review process and for determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, loans are not recorded on our balance sheet. We earn a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that is paid by a borrower to First Bank. The servicing fee is recognized ratably using the effective interest rate method. This fee is reduced by losses incurred by First Bank on such loans. We maintain a reserve for future servicing fee adjustments based on First Bank’s outstanding loan balance. This liability was $857,000 at June 30, 2006 and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.
     If a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults and the loan is not subsequently repaid, our servicing fee is reduced. We anticipate that we will collect a portion of the defaulted loans based on historical default rates, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. As a result, when a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults, we establish a servicing fee receivable and an allowance against this receivable based on factors described previously. The establishment of this allowance is charged against revenue during the period that the First Bank borrower initially defaults on the loan. If a loan remains in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the servicing fee adjustments is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off. Collections recovered on First Bank’s defaulted loans are credited to the allowance in the period they are received. The servicing fee receivable, net of the allowance for servicing fees due from the bank, is reported on our balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $1.2 million at June 30, 2006.
     The total amount of monies owed to the banks decreased significantly at June 30, 2006 compared to June 30, 2005 as a result of the transition in the United States from the bank-funded to the company-funded model for single-payment consumer loans. As a result, we decreased our reserve for servicing fee adjustments and increased our allowance for loan losses on company-funded loans.
     We serviced $66.6 million of loans for First Bank (primarily CustomCash® installment loans) during fiscal 2006 compared to $303.2 million single-payment loans during fiscal 2005. At June 30, 2006, there was $7.9 million in outstanding CustomCashTM installment loans for First Bank and an aggregate of $12.4 million single-payment loans for County Bank and First Bank at June 30, 2005.
Company-funded consumer loan loss reserves policy
     We maintain a loan loss reserve for anticipated losses for single-payment consumer loans we make directly through our company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, we consider the amount of outstanding loans owed to us, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. Our current loan loss reserve is based on our net charge-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the total amount of outstanding loans that we make directly. As these conditions change, we may need to make additional allowances in future periods. As a result of our transition away from the domestic bank-funded consumer loan model to the company-funded consumer loan model, we expect our future domestic loan loss reserve will increase.
     When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. We recently refined our loan loss reserve policy so that if the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an allowance for this defaulted loan

38


Table of Contents

receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. The receivable for defaulted single-payment loans, net of the allowance, is reported on our balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $4.3 million at June 30, 2006 and $0 at June 30, 2005.
Check cashing returned item policy
     We charge operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense during the period in which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the need for an allowance for returned checks. These net losses are charged to other store and regional expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Goodwill
     We have significant goodwill on our balance sheet. We evaluate the carrying value of goodwill and identified intangibles not subject to amortization in the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. As part of the evaluation, we compare the fair value of business reporting units to their carrying value, including assigned goodwill. If projected future cash flows indicate that the unamortized intangible asset balances will not be recovered, an adjustment is made to reduce the intangible asset to an amount consistent with projected future cash flows discounted at our weighted average cost of capital. Cash flow projections, although subject to a degree of uncertainty, are based on trends of historical performance and management’s estimate of future performance, giving consideration to existing and anticipated competitive and economic conditions. As of June 30, 2006, we do not believe any impairment of goodwill has occurred. However, changes in business conditions may require future adjustments to asset valuations.
Income taxes
     As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating the actual current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. An assessment is then made of the likelihood that the deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we establish a valuation allowance.

39


Table of Contents

Results of Operations
     The following table sets forth our results of operations as a percentage of total consolidated revenues for the following periods:
                         
    2004   2005   2006
     
Statement of Operations Data:
                       
Total revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    47.6 %     44.2 %     43.4 %
Consumer lending, net
    39.8 %     42.4 %     40.2 %
Money transfers
    5.3 %     5.1 %     5.2 %
Other
    7.3 %     8.3 %     11.2 %
                   
Total revenues
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
 
                       
U.S. revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    19.4 %     16.0 %     14.7 %
Consumer lending, net
    21.9 %     20.8 %     14.0 %
Money transfers
    1.8 %     1.5 %     1.4 %
Other
    1.4 %     2.2 %     4.0 %
                   
Total U.S. revenues
    44.5 %     40.5 %     34.1 %
 
                       
Canadian revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    15.6 %     15.0 %     15.9 %
Consumer lending, net
    11.6 %     14.7 %     18.5 %
Money transfers
    2.4 %     2.3 %     2.5 %
Other
    4.9 %     5.1 %     6.0 %
                   
Total Canadian revenues
    34.5 %     37.1 %     42.9 %
 
                       
United Kingdom revenues:
                       
Check cashing
    12.6 %     13.2 %     12.8 %
Consumer lending, net
    6.3 %     6.9 %     7.7 %
Money transfers
    1.1 %     1.3 %     1.3 %
Other
    1.0 %     1.0 %     1.2 %
                   
Total United Kingdom revenues
    21.0 %     22.4 %     23.0 %
 
                       
Store and regional expenses:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    32.7 %     31.5 %     32.5 %
Occupancy
    8.1 %     7.9 %     8.5 %
Depreciation
    2.7 %     2.5 %     2.4 %
Other
    21.9 %     21.4 %     21.0 %
                   
Total store and regional expenses
    65.4 %     63.3 %     64.4 %
Store and regional expense margin
    34.6 %     36.7 %     35.6 %
     
Corporate expenses
    11.0 %     13.1 %     12.7 %
Management fee
    0.4 %     0.2 %     0.0 %
Other depreciation and amortization
    1.3 %     1.3 %     1.1 %
Interest expense, net of interest income
    16.3 %     11.6 %     9.0 %
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    4.2 %     2.8 %     0.0 %
Litigation settlement costs
    0.0 %     0.0 %     1.8 %
Termination of management services agreement
    0.0 %     0.9 %     0.0 %
Other
    0.3 %     0.1 %     0.5 %
                   
Income before income taxes
    1.1 %     6.7 %     10.5 %
Income tax provision
    12.5 %     6.8 %     8.4 %
                   
Net (loss) income
    (11.4 )%     (0.1 )%     2.1 %
                   

40


Table of Contents

Year Ended June 30, 2006 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2005
     Revenues. Total revenues were $328.5 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $291.6 for fiscal 2005, an increase of $36.9 million or 12.7%. Comparable retail store and franchised store revenues for the entire period increased $24.0 million or 8.7%. New store openings accounted for an increase of $8.6 million, new store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $8.0 million and the acquisition of We The People accounted for an increase of $5.3 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $5.5 million in revenues due to our discontinued services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that were fulfilled through document transmitter locations and $2.7 million in revenues from closed stores.
     Favorable currency rates in Canada attributed to $8.1 million of the increase in fiscal year 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. This was offset by unfavorable currency rates in the U.K of $2.8 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. On a constant currency basis, revenues in the United Kingdom for the entire period increased by $13.2 million primarily related to revenues from check cashing and consumer loan products. Revenues from our Canadian subsidiary for fiscal 2006 increased $24.3 million in addition to the currency benefit. The growth in our Canadian operations is due to a $14.8 million increase from consumer loan products as a result of a criteria change and pricing adjustments in the second quarter of fiscal 2006 and an overall increase in our Canadian customer average outstanding balance. In addition, Canadian check cashing revenue increased $5.1 million during fiscal 2006, as compared to fiscal 2005. Additional revenue generated by the eleven newly acquired Canadian stores on March 9, 2006 was $2.5 million. Revenues from franchise fees and royalties increased by $3.8 million primarily due to the franchise fees earned from the We The People business operations.
     Store and regional expenses. Store and regional expenses were $211.6 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $184.5 million for fiscal 2005, an increase of $27.1 million or 14.7%. Favorable currency rates in Canada attributed to $4.1 million of the increase in the fiscal year as compared to fiscal 2005. This was partially offset by unfavorable currency rates in the U.K. of $1.6 million in fiscal 2006 as compared to fiscal 2005. New store openings accounted for an increase of $6.8 million and store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $15.1 million while comparable retail store and franchise store expenses for the entire period increased $15.0 million. Partially offsetting these increases was a decrease of $4.9 million due to our discontinued services as a marketing and servicing agent for consumer loans that were fulfilled through document transmitter locations and $1.8 million from closed stores. For fiscal 2006, total store and regional expenses increased to 64.4% of total revenues compared to 63.3% of total revenues for fiscal year 2005. On a consistent currency basis, store and regional expenses increased $7.8 million in Canada, $8.6 million in the United Kingdom and $8.2 million in the United States. The increase in Canada was primarily due to increases in salaries, advertising and occupancy expenses, all of which are commensurate with the overall growth in Canadian revenues. Similarly, in the United Kingdom, the increase is primarily related to increases in salaries, returned checks and cash shortages, occupancy and other costs commensurate with the growth in that country. In the U.S., the increase is primarily due to the incremental costs associated with the acquisition of We The People stores, consisting primarily of salaries, occupancy and other costs.
     Corporate expenses. Corporate expenses were $41.8 million for fiscal 2006 compared to $38.3 million for fiscal 2005, an increase of $3.5 million or 9.2%. The impact of foreign currencies accounted for $652,000 of the increase. The remaining increase is primarily due to additional compensation and other costs associated with the substantial growth of our international operations, additional legal fees, litigation settlement costs, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and other public company costs, as well as additional positions to support and manage the continued rapid expansion of the global store base and breadth of product offerings. In addition, we incurred additional legal costs in fiscal 2006 associated with the Canadian class action litigation and the long-standing California wage-and hour litigation, for which a settlement agreement has been reached, and which has been preliminarily approved by the court in June 2006, as more fully discussed in “Item 3 – Legal Proceedings”.
     Other depreciation and amortization. Other depreciation and amortization expenses remained relatively unchanged and were $3.7 million for fiscal 2006 and $3.8 million for fiscal 2005.
     Management fees. There was no management fee for fiscal 2006, compared to $637,000 for fiscal 2005. In conjunction with our initial public offering on January 28, 2005, we authorized $2.5 million to pay a fee to terminate a management services agreement among us, OPCO and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. Subsequent to that date, we are no longer obligated to accrue or pay management fees to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
     Loss on extinguishment of debt. There was no loss on extinguishment of debt during fiscal 2006 compared to $8.10 million in fiscal 2005.
     On January 7, 2005, OPCO distributed $3.6 million to the Company to redeem approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

41


Table of Contents

     On January 28, 2005, the Company announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. We received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering, which were used to redeem the full outstanding principal and accrued interest on our 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. The remaining proceeds were used to terminate a management services agreement between OPCO and a third party and to use for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     The loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows ($ in millions):
         
    2005  
Call premium
       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
  $ 4.90  
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes
     
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Notes
     
Write-off of original issue discount, net
       
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
    1.50  
Dollar Financial Corp. 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes
    1.50  
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    0.20  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 8.10  
 
     
     Interest expense. Interest expense was $29.7 million in fiscal 2006 compared to $33.9 million in fiscal 2005, a decrease of $4.2 million, or 12.3%. On February 2, 2005, we used the majority of the proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem all of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012. As a result, interest expense related to these notes declined $7.8 million during fiscal 2006 compared to fiscal 2005. Offsetting this decline was an increase of $2.9 million related to the interest on the additional offering of $30 million principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2011 on June 23, 2005 and an increase of $594,000 related to a higher outstanding revolving credit facility balance for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 compared to the same period in the prior year.
     Income tax provision. The provision for income taxes was $27.5 million for fiscal 2006 compared to a provision of $20.0 million for fiscal 2005. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% due to foreign taxes, permanent differences and a valuation allowance against our U.S. deferred tax assets. Our effective income tax rate was 79.8% for fiscal 2006 and 101.85% for fiscal 2005. The principal reason for the significant difference in the effective tax rates between periods is the $8.1 million U.S. loss on the extinguishment of debt and the $2.5 million cost to terminate a management services agreement, both recorded in the year ended June 30, 2005. The accrual of $5.8 million for the settlement of a portion of the California class action litigation increased the U.S. loss for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006. These differences necessitated an increase in the valuation allowance resulting in an increase in the effective tax rate for the twelve month periods ending June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2005. Any tax benefit for U.S. losses are presently reduced by a valuation allowance because realization of this deferred tax asset is not assured. Due to the restructuring of our debt in fiscal 2004, significant deferred tax assets were generated and recorded in accordance with SFAS 109. Because realization is not assured, all United States deferred tax assets recorded were reduced by a valuation allowance of $47.5 million at June 30, 2006 of which $10.1 million was provided for fiscal 2006. We believe that our ability to utilize net operating losses in a given year will be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code because of changes of ownership resulting from our June 2006 equity offering. In addition, any future debt or equity transactions may reduce our net operating losses or further limit our ability to utilize the net operating losses under Section 382 of the Code.
Year Ended June 30, 2005 Compared to the Year Ended June 30, 2004
     Revenues. Total revenues were $291.6 million for fiscal 2005 compared to $246.1 million for fiscal 2004, an increase of $45.5 million or 18.5%. Comparable store, franchised store and document transmitter revenues for the entire period increased $36.7 million or 15.1%. New store openings accounted for an increase of $4.9 million, new store acquisitions accounted for an increase of $3.2 million and the addition of the We The People business accounted for an increase of $3.2 million, while closed stores accounted for a decrease of $2.5 million.

42


Table of Contents

     Favorable foreign currency rates attributed to $9.7 million of the increase for fiscal 2005. In addition to the currency benefit, revenues in the United Kingdom for the entire period increased by $10.0 million primarily related to revenues from check cashing and consumer loan products. Revenues from our Canadian subsidiary for fiscal 2005 increased $17.4 million in addition to the currency benefit. The growth in our Canadian subsidiary is primarily due to pricing adjustments made to the short-term consumer loan product in late fiscal 2004 as well as higher loan amounts offered as a result of a lending criteria change made in fiscal 2005.
     Revenues from franchise fees and royalties accounted for $7.1 million, or 2.5% of total revenues, for fiscal 2005 compared to $3.3 million, or 1.3% of total revenues, for the same period in 2004, representing a $3.8 million, or 115.2%, increase. Stronger foreign currencies in both the United Kingdom and Canada accounted for $500,000 or 13.2%, of the increase. The balance of the increase resulted from the addition of a total of 192 franchised locations during fiscal 2005 (including 172 new We The People franchise locations) and an overall increase in revenues generated by existing franchises.
     Store and regional expenses. Store and regional expenses were $184.5 million for fiscal 2005 compared to $160.8 million for fiscal 2004, an increase of $23.7 million or 14.7%. The impact of foreign currencies accounted for $5.4 million of the increase. New store openings accounted for an increase of $4.0 million and acquired stores accounted for an increase of $1.8 million while closed stores accounted for a decrease of $1.2 million. Comparable retail store, franchised store and document transmitter expenses for the entire period increased $13.4 million. For fiscal 2005, total store and regional expenses decreased to 61.9% of total revenues compared to 63.2% of total revenues for fiscal 2004. On a consistent currency basis, store and regional expenses increased $6.0 million in Canada, $3.9 million in the United Kingdom and $7.1 million in the United States. The increase in Canada was primarily due to increases of $2.3 million in salaries, $0.9 million in occupancy expenses, $0.6 million in advertising costs, $0.4 million in depreciation and $1.1 million in various other operating expenses, all of which are commensurate with the overall growth in Canadian revenues. In the United Kingdom, the increase is primarily related to increases of $2.7 million in salaries, $1.1 million in occupancy costs, $0.6 million in advertising, $0.6 million in returned checks and cash shortages commensurate with the growth in that country, offset by a $1.2 million reduction in other various operating expenses. In the United States, higher salaries and advertising expenses associated with the revenue growth accounted for the operating expense increase in this segment of the business.
     Corporate expenses. Corporate expenses were $38.3 million for fiscal 2005 compared to $27.4 million for fiscal 2004, an increase of $10.9 million or 39.8%. The impact of foreign currencies accounted for $0.9 million of the increase. On a constant currency basis, the increase is primarily attributable to the compensation costs related to the significant growth of our foreign operations, the addition of the We The People management team as well as the addition of corporate personnel to support the continuing rapid expansion of our store network and new product additions. Additionally, in the third quarter of fiscal 2005, we incurred costs associated with becoming a public company, as well as increased insurance, legal costs and other professional fees, and spending on our Sarbanes-Oxley internal controls documentation and compliance initiatives which began earlier in fiscal 2005. In addition, foreign currency costs associated with the revaluation of United States dollar denominated debt held by our United Kingdom subsidiary resulted in a net benefit of $0.9 million in fiscal 2004. This debt was extinguished on June 30, 2004. Finally, we expensed $0.8 million during fiscal 2005 related to the termination of a deferred compensation plan.
     Other depreciation and amortization. Other depreciation and amortization expenses were $3.8 million for fiscal 2005, compared to $3.2 million for fiscal 2004.
     Management fees. Management fees were $0.6 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2005, compared to $1.0 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2004, a decline of $0.4 million. In conjunction with our initial public offering on January 28, 2005, we authorized $2.5 million to pay a fee to terminate a management services agreement with Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. Subsequent to that date, we are no longer obligated to accrue or pay management fees to Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
     Loss on extinguishment of debt. On November 13, 2003, OPCO issued $220.0 million principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2011. The proceeds from this offering were used to redeem all of its outstanding 10.875% senior notes and its outstanding 10.875% senior subordinated notes, to refinance our credit facility, to distribute a portion of the proceeds to us to redeem an equal amount of our senior discount notes and to pay fees and expenses with respect to these transactions and a related note exchange transaction involving our senior discount notes. On May 6, 2004, OPCO consummated an offering of $20.0 million principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011. The notes were offered as additional debt securities under the indenture pursuant to which OPCO had issued $220.0 million of notes in November 2003. The notes issued in November 2003 and the notes issued in May 2004 constitute a single class of securities. The net proceeds from the May 2004 OPCO note offering were distributed to us to redeem approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

43


Table of Contents

     On June 30, 2004, we terminated an agreement under which we sold a participation interest in a portion of the short-term consumer loans originated by us in the United Kingdom to a third party. Associated with the termination of this agreement we paid $276,660 representing a prepayment penalty.
     On January 7, 2005, OPCO distributed $3.6 million to us to redeem approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.
     On January 28, 2005, we announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. We received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering, which were used to redeem the full outstanding principal and accrued interest on our 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. The remaining proceeds were used to terminate a management services agreement between OPCO and a third party and to use for working capital and general corporate purposes.
     The loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows ($ in millions):
                 
    2004   2005
     
Call premium
               
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
  $ 1.23     $ 4.90  
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes
    0.73        
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Notes
    1.98        
Write-off of original issue discount, net
               
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
          1.50  
Dollar Financial Corp. 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes
          1.50  
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
    6.14       0.20  
Prepayment penalty on the extinguishment of collateralized borrowings
    0.28        
     
 
               
 
  $ 10.36     $ 8.10  
     
     Interest expense. Interest expense was $33.9 million for fiscal 2005 compared to $40.1 million for fiscal 2004, a decrease of $6.2 million or 15.5%. The reductions in fiscal 2004 and the ultimate elimination in fiscal 2005 of our 16% senior notes due 2012 and 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012 resulted in an interest expense decline of $7.2 million. In May 2004 we redeemed approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 16% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of our 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and ultimately redeemed these notes, in full, with the proceeds from our initial public stock offering on February 2, 2005. Other interest expense declines can be attributed to $1.2 million related to the termination of our collateralized borrowing that was in place in fiscal 2004, $500,000 due to the reduction in the long-term fixed borrowing rate subsequent to the refinancing, $400,000 in interest on our domestic revolving credit facility and $1.0 million of interest which was paid in fiscal 2004 on OPCO’s 10.875% senior notes for the thirty-day period subsequent to OPCO’s issuance on November 13, 2003 of $220.0 million principal amount of new 9.75% senior notes. OPCO elected to effect covenant defeasance on the old notes by depositing with the trustee funds sufficient to satisfy the old notes together with the call premium and accrued interest applicable to the December 13, 2003 redemption date. Offsetting the aforementioned declines was an increase of $4.4 million due to the incremental long-term debt after the refinancing in November 2004 and the subsequent tack-on 9.75% bond offerings in May 2004 and June 2005.
     Income tax provision. The provision for income taxes was $20.0 million for fiscal 2005 compared to a provision of $30.8 million for the fiscal 2004, a decrease of $10.8 million. Our effective tax rate differs from the federal statutory rate of 35.0% due to foreign taxes and a one-time charge related to our election to discontinue including Canadian income in taxable income for United States tax filing purposes and the increase of the valuation allowance of $13.0 million in fiscal 2005 against deferred taxes. Our effective income tax rate was 101.8% for fiscal 2005 and 1,098% for fiscal 2004. Following our refinancing in November 2003, we no longer accrue United States tax on foreign earnings. The amount of such tax was $2.3 million for fiscal 2004.

44


Table of Contents

Seasonality
     Our business is seasonal due to the impact of several tax-related services, including cashing tax refund checks, making electronic tax filings and processing applications of refund anticipation loans. Historically, we have generally experienced our highest revenues and earnings during our third fiscal quarter ending March 31, when revenues from these tax-related services peak. Due to the seasonality of our business, results of operations for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be achieved for the full fiscal year. In addition, quarterly results of operations depend significantly upon the timing and amount of revenues and expenses associated with the addition of new stores.
Balance Sheet Variations
     June 30, 2006 Compared to June 30, 2005.
     Cash and cash equivalents increased to $120.2 million at June 30, 2006 from $92.5 million at June 30, 2005. The increase is due to additional stores added during fiscal 2006. In addition, cash and cash equivalent balances fluctuate significantly as a result of seasonal, monthly, and day-to-day requirements for funding check cashing, consumer lending and other operating activities.
     Restricted cash increased to $80.8 million at June 30, 2006 from $0 at June 30, 2005 as a result of $80.8 million in cash proceeds from our secondary offering of our common stock. The cash proceeds are restricted for the redemption of $71.3 million principal and accrued interest on our outstanding 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 and the related redemption premium.
     Loans receivable, net increased to $53.6 million at June 30, 2006 from $37.5 million at June 30, 2005. The increase is primarily attributable to increased company-funded consumer loans resulting from the transition from the bank-funded model to the company-funded model in the U.S. and growth in Canada, as well as increases in the growth of international installment loans and pawn lending in the United Kingdom. This is offset by the increase in the allowance for loan losses due to the growth of the loan portfolio.
     Other consumer lending receivables decreased to $7.5 million at June 30, 2006 from $9.2 million at June 30, 2005 due to the amended relationship with First Bank of Delaware, offset by an increase in defaulted loans receivable, net of allowance.
     Other receivables increased $3.8 million at June 30, 2006 as compared to June 30, 2005 due to the timing of receipts from our vendors, as well as insurance claims made related to Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
     Income taxes receivable decreased $538,000 from $1.1 million at June 30, 2005 to $515,000 at June 30, 2006 related primarily to the timing of receipts.
     Prepaid expenses increased $3.3 million from $6.9 million at June 30, 2005 to $10.2 million at June 30, 2006. The increase is primarily attributed to increases in prepaid rent due to the additions of new stores and rent increases in addition to increases in operating expenses in relation to the growth in our United Kingdom operations.
     Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation increased $5.0 million from $35.6 million at June 30, 2005 to $40.6 million at June 30, 2006. The increase is primarily attributable to new furniture and fixture additions and leasehold improvements in relation to new stores, acquired stores, store relocations and existing store refurbishments in our domestic and foreign operations. The increase is also attributable to extensive security upgrades in our United Kingdom locations.
     Goodwill and other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization increased $32.4 million from $186.2 million at June 30, 2005 to $218.6 million at June 30, 2006. Acquisitions in the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada contributed to $10.4 million, $1.6 million, and $13.9 million of the increase, respectively. The remaining increase is due to foreign currency translation adjustments and the amortization of identifiable intangibles.
     Foreign income taxes payable increased $6.4 million from $4.6 million at June 30, 2005 to $11.0 million at June 30, 2006 due primarily to timing of payment of our accrued foreign taxes.
     Accounts payable increased $4.1 million from $19.3 million at June 30, 2005 to $23.4 million at June 30, 2006 primarily due to the timing of settlements with third-party vendors and our franchisees.

45


Table of Contents

     Accrued expenses and other liabilities increased to $36.6 million at June 30, 2006 from $26.9 million at June 30, 2005 due primarily to the $5.8 million accrual related to the settlement of the Woods, Castillo and Williams class actions, $2.0 million in deferred franchise fees related to the acquisition of the We The People business and timing of accrued payroll related expenses and other operating expense accruals.
     The deferred tax liability increased $2.1 million from $2.4 million at June 30, 2006 to $4.5 million at June 30, 2006 as a result to increases in permanent tax differences resulting from increases in goodwill due to acquisitions.
     Revolving credit facilities and long-term debt increased $39.2 million from $271.8 million at June 30, 2005 to $311.0 million at June 30, 2006. The increase is due to additional borrowings under our revolving credit facility and a note related to the acquisition of certain We The People territories.
     Total shareholders’ equity increased to $162.0 million at June 30, 2006 from $59.6 million at June 30, 2005 primarily as a result of our secondary public offering in June 2006. Also contributing to the increase are foreign currency translation adjustments in other comprehensive income and our net income for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2006.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Our principal sources of cash are from operations, borrowings under our credit facilities and our issuance of our common stock. We anticipate that our primary uses of cash will be to provide working capital, finance capital expenditures, meet debt service requirements, fund company originated short-term consumer loans, finance store expansion, finance acquisitions, and finance the expansion of our products and services.
     On January 28, 2005, we announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of our common stock at $16.00 per share. We sold 7,378,125 shares of common stock and a selling stockholder sold 121,875 shares of common stock. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of our shares by the selling stockholder. In connection with the initial public offering, the selling stockholder participated in the proportionate costs of the underwriter’s fee. No other costs, all of which were de minimus, were proportionately shared. On February 2, 2005, we received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering.
     Net cash provided by operating activities was $19.6 million in fiscal 2004, $22.2 million in fiscal 2005 and $22.4 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities from fiscal 2004 to fiscal 2005 was primarily a result of improved operating results. The increase in net cash provided from operating activities from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2006 was primarily a result of improved operating results offset in part by additional cash used for company-funded consumer loans due to the transition from the bank-funded model to the company-funded model.
     Net cash used in investing activities was $8.6 million in fiscal 2004, $44.8 million in fiscal 2005 and $39.4 million in fiscal 2006. Our investing activities primarily relate to purchases of property and equipment for our stores, investments in technology and acquisitions. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2004 we made capital expenditures of $8.2 million compared to capital expenditures of $14.9 million and acquisitions of $30.0 million in fiscal 2005. The actual amount of capital expenditures each year will depend in part upon the number of new stores opened or acquired and the number of stores remodeled. During fiscal 2006, we made capital expenditures of $15.9 million and acquisitions of $23.5 million.
     Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities was $(15.7) million in fiscal 2004, $43.2 million in fiscal 2005 and $39.7 million in fiscal 2006. The increase in fiscal 2006 was primarily a result of the $39.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit facility associated with the aforementioned acquisitions. The increase during fiscal 2005 was primarily the result of the $109.8 million proceeds associated from an initial public offering of our common stock and the proceeds from our $30 million principal amount tack-on bond offering in June 2005, offset in part by the redemption of our senior notes due 2012. The decline during fiscal 2004 was primarily a result of a decrease in borrowings under our bank facilities from $61.7 million as of June 30, 2003 to $0 as of June 30, 2004 offset somewhat by net cash proceeds from the refinancing activities.
     Revolving credit facilities. During fiscal 2006, we had two revolving credit facilities: a domestic revolving credit facility, and a Canadian overdraft facility. A United Kingdom overdraft facility expired on March 31, 2004 and was not renewed.

46


Table of Contents

     Domestic revolving credit facility. On November 13, 2003, OPCO repaid in full all borrowings outstanding under its previous credit facility using a portion of the proceeds from the issuance of $220.0 million principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2011 and simultaneously entered into a new $55.0 million senior secured reducing revolving credit facility. On July 8, 2005, OPCO entered into an amendment and restatement of its credit facility to increase the maximum amount of the credit facility from $55 million to $80 million. The amendment and restatement reduced the rate of interest and fees payable under the credit facility and eliminated the quarterly reductions to the commitment amount. In addition, the amendment and restatement extended the term of the credit facility for one additional year to November 12, 2009. At OPCO’s request, existing lenders and/or additional lenders may agree to increase the maximum amount of the credit facility to $100 million. Under the credit facility, up to $30.0 million may be used in connection with letters of credit. The commitment may be subject to reductions in the event we engage in certain issuances of debt or equity securities or asset disposals other than the secondary offering of common stock in June 2006. OPCO’s borrowing capacity under the credit facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of $80.0 million and 85% of certain liquid assets. At June 30, 2006, the borrowing capacity was $69.3 million which consisted of the $80.0 million commitment less letters of credit totaling $10.7 million issued by Wells Fargo Bank, which guarantee the performance of certain of the Company’s contractual obligations. There was $39.0 million outstanding under the facility at June 30, 2006.
     Canadian overdraft facility. Our Canadian operating subsidiary has a Canadian overdraft facility to fund peak working capital needs for our Canadian operations. The Canadian overdraft facility provides for a commitment of up to approximately $10.0 million in Canadian equivalent, of which there was no outstanding balance on June 30, 2006. Amounts outstanding under the Canadian overdraft facility bear interest at a rate of Canadian prime and are secured by a $10.0 million letter of credit issued by Wells Fargo Bank under our domestic revolving credit facility.
     Long-term debt. As of June 30, 2006, long-term debt consisted of $271.5 million principal amount of our 9.75% senior notes due November 15, 2011.
     Operating leases. Operating leases are scheduled payments on existing store and other administrative leases. These leases typically have initial terms of 5 years and may contain provisions for renewal options, additional rental charges based on revenue and payment of real estate taxes and common area charges.
     We entered into the commitments described above and other contractual obligations in the normal course of business as a source of funds for asset growth and asset/liability management and to meet required capital needs. Our principal future obligations and commitments as of June 30, 2006, excluding periodic interest payments, included the following:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period (in thousands)
            Less than   1-3   4-5   More than
    Total   1 Year   Years   Years   5 Years
     
Revolving credit facilities:
  $ 39,000     $ 39,000                    
Long-term debt obligations:
                                       
9.75% Senior Notes due 2011(1)
    271,487                         271,487  
Operating lease obligations
    84,968       21,448       33,315       16,638       13,567  
Other long-term liabilities reflected on the registrants balance sheet under GAAP
    550       367       183              
     
Total
  $ 396,005     $ 60,815     $ 33,498     $ 16,638     $ 285,054  
     
 
(1)   $1,487 is the unamortized premium on the 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011.
     We believe that, based on current levels of operations and anticipated improvements in operating results, cash flows from operations and borrowings available under our credit facilities will allow us to fund our liquidity and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future, including payment of interest and principal on our indebtedness. This belief is based upon our historical growth rate and the anticipated benefits we expect from operating efficiencies. We are exploring opportunities to refinance some of our outstanding indebtedness, including our domestic revolving credit facility and our outstanding 9.75% senior notes. However, there is no assurance that such a refinancing could be completed on terms agreeable to the Company. We expect additional revenue growth to be generated by increased check cashing revenues, growth in the consumer lending business, the maturity of recently opened stores and the continued expansion of new stores and sale of franchises. We also expect operating expenses to increase, although the rate of increase is expected to be less than the rate of

47


Table of Contents

revenue growth for existing stores. Furthermore, we do not believe that additional acquisitions or expansion are necessary to cover our fixed expenses, including debt service.
Impact of Inflation
     We do not believe that inflation has a material impact on our earnings from operations.
Impact of Recent Accounting Pronouncement
     In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (FIN 48), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax positions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 requires that a “more-likely-than-not” threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It requires that the new standard be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the period of adoption and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We are evaluating the implications of FIN 48 and its impact in the financial statements has not yet been determined.

48


Table of Contents

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Generally
     In the operations of our subsidiaries and the reporting of our consolidated financial results, we are affected by changes in interest rates and currency exchange rates. The principal risks of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices to which we and our subsidiaries are exposed relate to:
    interest rates on borrowings under the domestic revolving credit agreement; and
 
    foreign exchange rates generating translation gains and losses.
     We and our subsidiaries have no market risk sensitive instruments entered into for trading purposes, as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or “GAAP”. Information contained in this section relates only to instruments entered into for purposes other than trading.
Interest rate risk
     Our outstanding indebtedness, and related interest rate risk, is managed centrally by our finance department by implementing the financing strategies approved by our board of directors. Although our revolving credit facilities carry variable rates of interest, our debt consists primarily of fixed-rate senior notes. Because most of our average outstanding indebtedness carries a fixed rate of interest, a change in interest rates is not expected to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
Foreign currency exchange rate risk
     Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed us to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, we may elect to purchase put options in order to protect earnings in the United Kingdom and Canada against foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options may be purchased because they cost less than completely averting risk, and the maximum downside is limited to the difference between the strike price and exchange rate at the date of purchase and the price of the contracts. At June 30, 2006, we held put options with an aggregate notional value of $(CAN) 75.0 million and £(GBP) 14.4 million to protect the currency exposure in Canada and the United Kingdom through June 30, 2007. We use purchased options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in our forecasted earnings denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. Our cash flow hedges have a duration of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in corporate expenses on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. As of June 30, 2006 no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There was no ineffectiveness in our cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2006. As of June 30, 2006, amounts related to derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $338,000 all of which is expected to be transferred to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The fair market value at June 30, 2006 was $330,000 and is included in other assets on the balance sheet.
     Canadian operations accounted for approximately 160.3% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2006, and 194.9% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2005. United Kingdom operations accounted for approximately 36.3% of consolidated income before income taxes for fiscal 2006 and approximately 83.7% of consolidated income before income taxes for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2005. As currency exchange rates change, translation of the financial results of the Canadian and United Kingdom operations into United States dollars will be impacted. Changes in exchange rates have resulted in cumulative translation adjustments increasing our net assets by $34.6 million. These gains and losses are included in other comprehensive income.
     We estimate that a 10.0% change in foreign exchange rates by itself would have impacted reported pre-tax earnings from continuing operations by approximately $6.8 million for fiscal 2006 and $5.5 million for 2005. This impact represents nearly 19.7% of our consolidated pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2006 and 27.9% of our consolidated pre-tax earnings for fiscal 2005. The above figures do not reflect the impact of hedging activities designed to mitigate foreign exchange currency risks.

49


Table of Contents

Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
     Management of Dollar Financial Corp. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. As defined by the Securities and Exchange Commission, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
     The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is supported by written policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Company’s transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
     Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.
     In connection with the preparation of the Company’s annual consolidated financial statements, management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO Framework). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of those controls.
     Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as of June 30, 2006, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
       
/s/ Jeffrey A. Weiss
    /s/ Donald Gayhardt
       
Jeffrey A. Weiss
    Donald Gayhardt
Chief Executive Officer
    President
September 12, 2006
    September 12, 2006
 
     
/s/ Randy Underwood
    /s/ Pete Sokolowski
       
Randy Underwood
    Pete Sokolowski
Executive Vice President and
    Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
   
Chief Credit Officer
September 12, 2006
   
September 12, 2006
 
     
/s/ William M. Athas
     
       
William M. Athas
     
Vice President of Finance and
     
Corporate Controller
     
September 12, 2006
     

50


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON EFFECTIVENESS
OF INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Dollar Financial Corp. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Dollar Financial Corp.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that Dollar Financial Corp. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Dollar Financial Corp. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006 and our report dated September 12, 2006, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
     
 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2006

51


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Dollar Financial Corp.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dollar Financial Corp. as of June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dollar Financial Corp. at June 30, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of Dollar Financial Corp.’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated September 12, 2006 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
     
 
  /s/ Ernst & Young LLP
 
   
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2006

52


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands except share amounts)
                 
    June 30,  
    2005     2006  
ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 92,504     $ 120,221  
Restricted cash
          80,750  
Loans receivable
               
Loans receivable
    40,226       58,997  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (2,747 )     (5,365 )
 
           
Loans receivable, net
    37,479       53,632  
Other consumer lending receivables
    9,163       7,545  
Other receivables
    4,399       8,165  
Income taxes receivable
    1,053       515  
Prepaid expenses
    6,858       10,166  
Deferred income taxes, net of valuation allowance of $37,460 and $47,516
    71       185  
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $62,555 and $73,714
    35,611       40,625  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net of accumulated amortization of $23,079 and $21,307
    186,190       218,566  
Debt issuance costs, net of accumulated amortization of $2,633 and $4,630
    10,558       9,437  
Other
    3,970       2,018  
 
           
 
  $ 387,856     $ 551,825  
 
           
 
               
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Accounts payable
  $ 19,256     $ 23,438  
Foreign income tax payable
    4,648       10,963  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    26,909       36,583  
Accrued interest payable
    3,291       3,312  
Deferred tax liability
    2,352       4,539  
Revolving credit facilities
          39,000  
Long term debt:
               
9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    271,764       271,487  
Other long term debt
          550  
 
               
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock, $.001 par value: 55,500,000 shares authorized; 18,080,652 shares and 23,399,107 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2005 and June 30, 2006, respectively
    18       23  
Additional paid-in capital
    160,997       242,594  
Accumulated deficit
    (121,885 )     (114,920 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    20,506       34,256  
 
           
Total shareholders’ equity
    59,636       161,953  
 
           
 
  $ 387,856     $ 551,825  
 
           
See accompanying notes.

53


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands)
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2004     2005     2006  
Revenues:
                       
Check Cashing
  $ 117,397     $ 128,748     $ 142,470  
Consumer lending:
                       
Fees from consumer lending
    122,461       153,004       162,588  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing Income
    (24,489 )     (29,425 )     (30,367 )
 
                 
Consumer lending, net
    97,972       123,579       132,221  
Money transfer fees
    13,032       14,771       17,205  
Franchise fees and royalties
    3,255       7,149       10,957  
Other
    14,451       17,319       25,668  
 
                 
Total revenues
    246,107       291,566       328,521  
 
                       
Store and regional expenses:
                       
Salaries and benefits
    80,291       91,982       106,823  
Occupancy
    19,828       22,899       27,914  
Depreciation
    6,588       7,226       7,834  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
    9,140       10,571       11,883  
Telephone and communications
    5,810       5,998       5,800  
Advertising
    6,989       8,461       8,197  
Bank charges
    3,748       3,961       4,680  
Armored carrier expenses
    3,051       3,660       4,164  
Other
    25,328       29,720       34,300  
 
                 
Total store and regional expenses
    160,773       184,478       211,595  
 
                 
Store and regional margin
    85,334       107,088       116,926  
 
                 
 
                       
Corporate and other expenses:
                       
Corporate expenses
    27,439       38,276       41,784  
Management fee
    1,003       637        
Other depreciation and amortization
    3,244       3,776       3,655  
Interest expense, net of interest income of $436, $265, and $210
    40,123       33,878       29,702  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    10,355       8,097        
Litigation settlement costs
                5,800  
Termination of management services agreement
          2,500        
Other
    361       295       1,506  
 
                 
Income before income taxes
    2,809       19,629       34,479  
Income tax provision
    30,842       19,986       27,514  
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per share:
                       
Basic
  $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38  
Diluted
  $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37  
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    10,965,778       13,945,883       18,280,131  
Diluted
    10,965,778       13,945,883       18,722,753  
See accompanying notes.

54


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
                                                                 
                                    Accumulated                     Total  
    Common Stock     Additional             Other             Management     Shareholders’  
    Outstanding     Paid-in     Accumulated     Comprehensive     Treasury     Equity     (Deficit)  
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     (Loss) Income     Stock     Loan     Equity  
                   
Balance, June 30, 2003
    10,965,779     $ 11     $ 61,470     $ (92,883 )   $ 7,697     $ (956 )   $ (4,309 )   $ (28,970 )
                   
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    6,116                       6,116  
Net loss
                            (28,033 )                             (28,033 )
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive loss
                                                            (21,917 )
                   
Balance, June 30, 2004
    10,965,779       11       61,470       (120,916 )     13,813       (956 )     (4,309 )     (50,887 )
                   
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    6,729                       6,729  
Cash flow hedges
                                    (36 )                     (36 )
Net loss
                            (357 )                             (357 )
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                            6,336  
Initial public stock offering
    7,378,125       7       106,932                                       106,939  
Repayment of notes receivable from officer
    (416,287 )                                     (6,661 )     4,309       (2,352 )
Accrued interest on notes receivable from officers
                    (2,464 )                                     (2,464 )
We The People acquisition
    141,935               2,000                                       2,000  
Retirement of treasury stock
                    (7,005 )     (612 )             7,617                
Share options exercised
    11,100               64                                       64  
                   
Balance, June 30, 2005
    18,080,652       18       160,997       (121,885 )     20,506     $     $       59,636  
                   
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Foreign currency translation
                                    14,088                       14,088  
Cash flow hedges
                                    (338 )                     (338 )
Net income
                            6,965                               6,965  
 
                                                             
Total comprehensive income
                                                            20,715  
Secondary stock offering
    5,000,000       5       80,099                                       80,104  
Restricted stock grants
    107,841                                                        
Share options exercised
    210,614               1,363                                       1,363  
Non-cash stock compensation
                    135                                       135  
                   
Balance, June 30, 2006
    23,399,107     $ 23     $ 242,594     $ (114,920 )   $ 34,256     $     $     $ 161,953  
                   
See accompanying notes.

55


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                         
    Year Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Accretion of interest expense from 13.0% Senior Discount Notes
    5,827              
Depreciation and amortization
    11,713       12,523       13,231  
Establishment of reserve for legal matter
                5,800  
Non-cash stock compensation
                135  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    10,355       5,114        
Losses on store closings
    187       66       985  
Foreign currency (gain) loss on revaluation of subordinated notes payable
    (838 )     180        
Deferred tax provision
    15,610       2,352       2,005  
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                       
Increase in loans and other receivables
    (9,244 )     (7,217 )     (15,525 )
(Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable
    (3,186 )     5,072       773  
Increase in prepaid expenses and other
    (760 )     (4,030 )     (971 )
Increase in accounts payable, income taxes payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and accrued interest payable
    17,964       8,542       9,040  
         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    19,595       22,245       22,438  
 
                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (550 )     (29,950 )     (23,477 )
Gross proceeds from sale of fixed assets
    81              
Additions to property and equipment
    (8,150 )     (14,857 )     (15,938 )
         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (8,619 )     (44,807 )     (39,415 )
 
                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
Proceeds from secondary public offering of common stock, net
                80,750  
Increase in restricted cash
                (80,750 )
Proceeds from initial public offering of common stock, net
          109,786        
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
          64       1,363  
Redemption of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012
    (10,283 )     (50,416 )      
Redemption of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    (9,060 )     (44,661 )      
Redemption of 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006
    (20,734 )            
Redemption of 13.0% Senior Discount Notes due 2006
    (22,962 )            
Redemption of collateralized borrowings
    (8,277 )            
Other debt (payments) borrowings
    (72 )     (106 )     550  
Issuance of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    241,176       30,750        
Redemption of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2006
    (111,170 )            
Net (decrease) increase in revolving credit facilities
    (61,699 )           39,000  
Payment for secondary public stock offering costs
                (367 )
Payment of initial public stock offering costs
    (1,392 )     (1,462 )      
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (11,218 )     (730 )     (850 )
         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (15,691 )     43,225       39,696  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    2,176       2,571       4,998  
         
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    (2,539 )     23,234       27,717  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    71,809       69,270       92,504  
         
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 69,270     $ 92,504     $ 120,221  
 
                       
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
                       
Interest paid
  $ 21,485     $ 24,489     $ 28,170  
Income taxes paid
  $ 13,858     $ 15,820     $ 20,370  
See accompanying notes.

56


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization and Business
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are those of Dollar Financial Corp. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”). Dollar Financial Corp. is the parent company of Dollar Financial Group, Inc. (“OPCO”). The activities of the Company consist primarily of its investment in OPCO. The Company has no employees or operating activities.
The Company is a Delaware corporation incorporated in April 1990 as DFG Holdings, Inc. The Company operates a store network through OPCO. The Company, through its subsidiaries, provides retail financial services to the general public through a network of 1,250 locations (of which 765 are company owned) operating as Money Mart®, The Money Shop, Loan Mart®, Insta-Cheques® and We The People® in 34 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom. This network includes 1,105 locations (including 752 company-owned) in 14 states, the District of Columbia, Canada and the United Kingdom offering financial services including check cashing, single-payment consumer loans, sale of money orders, money transfer services and various other related services. Also included in this network is the Company’s business, We The People USA, Inc., acquired in March 2005, which offers retail based legal document preparation services through a network of 13 company-owned stores and 132 franchised locations in 29 states.
On January 28, 2005, as a result of the Company’s initial public offering, its common shares began trading on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “DLLR”.
2. Significant Accounting Policies
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments including those related to revenue recognition, loss reserves, income taxes and intangible assets. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Reclassification
Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation. These reclassifications have no effect on net income or shareholders’ equity.
Revenue Recognition
With respect to company-operated stores, revenues from the Company’s check cashing, money order sales, money transfer, bill payment services and other miscellaneous services reported in other revenues on its statement of operations are all recognized when the transactions are completed at the point-of-sale in the store.

57


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Revenue Recognition (continued)
With respect to the Company’s franchised locations, the Company recognizes initial franchise fees upon fulfillment of all significant obligations to the franchisee. Royalties from franchisees are recognized as earned. The standard franchise agreements grant to the franchisee the right to develop and operate a store and use the associated trade names, trademarks, and service marks within the standards and guidelines established by the Company. As part of the franchise agreement, the Company provides certain pre-opening assistance including site selection and evaluation, design plans, operating manuals, software and training. After the franchised location has opened, the Company must also provide updates to the software, samples of certain advertising and promotional materials and other post-opening assistance that the Company determines is necessary. Initial franchise fees included in revenues were $389,000, $1.1 million and $1.6 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Total franchise revenues were $3.3 million, $7.1 million and $11.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
For single-payment consumer loans that the Company makes directly (company-funded loans), which have terms ranging from 1 to 37 days, revenues are recognized using the interest method. Loan origination fees are recognized as an adjustment to the yield on the related loan. The Company’s reserve policy regarding these loans is summarized below in “Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy.”
In addition to the single-payment consumer loans originated and funded by the Company, the Company also has historically had domestic relationships with two banks, County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware, or County Bank, and First Bank. Pursuant to these relationships, the Company marketed and serviced single-payment consumer loans domestically, which had terms ranging from 7 to 23 days, which were funded by the banks. The banks were responsible for the application review process and determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, the banks’ loans were not recorded on our balance sheet. The Company earned a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that was paid by borrowers to the banks. In connection with the transition to the company-funded consumer loan model in June 2005, the Company terminated its relationship with County Bank and amended its relationship with First Bank. In the third quarter, First Bank announced that as of June 30, 2006, it would no longer originate single-payment consumer loans. As of June 30, 2006, the Company no longer markets and services single-payment consumer loans for First Bank.
For domestic loans funded by First Bank, the Company recognized net servicing fee income ratably over the life of the related loan. In addition, First Bank had established a target loss rate for the loans marketed and serviced by the Company. Servicing fees payable to the Company were reduced by the amount the actual losses exceeded this target loss rate. If actual losses were below the target loss rate, the difference was paid to the Company as a servicing fee. The measurement of the actual loss rate and settlement of servicing fees occurred twice every month.
Because the Company’s domestic servicing fees are reduced by loan losses incurred by the banks, the Company established a reserve for servicing fee adjustments. To estimate the appropriate reserve for servicing fee adjustments, the Company considered the amount of outstanding loans owed to the banks, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. The reserve was then based on net charge-offs, expressed as a percentage of loans originated on behalf of the banks applied against the total amount of the banks’ outstanding loans. This reserve was reported in accrued expenses and other liabilities on our balance sheet and was $0 at June 30, 2006 and $1.3 million at June 30, 2005.
During fiscal 2006, the Company began to market and service bank-funded consumer installment loans in the United States with terms of four months made by First Bank. First Bank is responsible for the application review process and for determining whether to approve an application and fund a loan. As a result, loans are not recorded on the Company’s balance sheet. The Company earns a marketing and servicing fee for each loan that is paid by a borrower to First Bank. The servicing fee is recognized using the effective interest rate method. This fee is reduced by losses incurred by First Bank on such loans. The Company maintains a reserve for future servicing fee adjustments based on First Bank’s outstanding loan balance. This liability was $857,000 at June 30, 2006 and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

58


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Revenue Recognition (continued)
If a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults and the loan is not subsequently repaid, the Company’s servicing fee is reduced. The Company anticipates that it will collect a portion of the defaulted loans based on historical default rates, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. As a result, when a First Bank installment loan borrower defaults, the Company establishes a servicing fee receivable and an allowance against this receivable based on factors described previously. The establishment of this allowance is charged against revenue during the period that the First Bank borrower initially defaults on the loan. If a loan remains in a defaulted status for an extended period of time, an allowance for the entire amount of the servicing fee adjustments is recorded and the receivable is ultimately charged off. Collections recovered on First Bank’s defaulted loans are credited to the allowance in the period they are received. The servicing fee receivable, net of a $903,000 allowance, was $1.2 million at June 30, 2006 and is reported on our balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net.
The Company serviced $66.6 million of loans for First Bank (primarily CustomCashTM installment loans) during fiscal 2006 compared to $303.2 million single-payment loans during fiscal 2005. At June 30, 2006, there was $7.9 million in CustomCashTM installment loans for First Bank and an aggregate of $12.4 million single-payment loans for County Bank and First Bank at June 30, 2005.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash includes cash in stores and demand deposits with financial institutions. Cash equivalents are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near maturity that there is insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.
Loans Receivable, Net
Unsecured short-term and longer-term installment loans that the Company originates on its own behalf are reflected on the balance sheet in loans receivable, net. Loans receivable, net are reported net of a reserve related to consumer lending as described below in the company-funded consumer loan loss reserves policy.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which vary from three to five years. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term (including renewal options that are reasonably assured), which ranges from 1 to 5 years, or the estimated useful life of the related asset.
Intangible Assets
Under the provisions of SFAS 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” intangible assets, including goodwill, that are not subject to amortization will be tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired, using a two-step impairment assessment. The first step of the goodwill impairment test, used to identify potential impairment, compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired, and the second step of the impairment test is not necessary. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss if any (see Note 11). The Company has completed the required impairment tests and determined that goodwill was not impaired at June 30, 2006.

59


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Debt Issuance Costs
Debt issuance costs are amortized using the effective yield method over the remaining term of the related debt (see Note 6).
Store and Regional Expenses
The direct costs incurred in operating the Company’s stores have been classified as store expenses. Store expenses include salaries and benefits of store and regional employees, rent and other occupancy costs, depreciation of property and equipment, bank charges, armored carrier services, returned checks, net and cash shortages, advertising, telephone and telecommunication and other costs incurred by the stores. Excluded from store operations are the corporate expenses of the Company, which include salaries and benefits of corporate employees, professional fees and travel costs.
Company-Funded Consumer Loan Loss Reserves Policy
The Company maintains a loan loss reserve for anticipated losses for consumer loans the Company makes directly through our company-operated locations. To estimate the appropriate level of loan loss reserves, The Company considers the amount of outstanding loans owed to the Company, historical loans charged off, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends. The Company’s current loan loss reserve is based on our net charge-offs, typically expressed as a percentage of loan amounts originated for the last twelve months applied against the total amount of outstanding loans that the Company makes directly. As these conditions change, the Company may need to make additional allowances in future periods. As a result of our transition away from the domestic bank-funded consumer loan model to the company-funded consumer loan model, we expect our future domestic loan loss reserve will increase.
When a loan is originated, the customer receives the cash proceeds in exchange for a post-dated check or a written authorization to initiate a charge to the customer’s bank account on the stated maturity date of the loan. We recently refined our loan loss reserve policy so that if the check or the debit to the customer’s account is returned from the bank unpaid, the loan is placed in default status and an allowance for this defaulted loan receivable is established and charged against revenue in the period that the loan is placed in default status. This reserve is reviewed monthly and any additional provision to the loan loss reserve as a result of historical loan performance, current and expected collection patterns and current economic trends is charged against revenues. The receivable for defaulted loans, net of a $11.7 million allowance, is reported on the Company’s balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $4.3 million at June 30, 2006.
Check Cashing Returned Item Policy
The Company charges operating expense for losses on returned checks during the period in which such checks are returned. Recoveries on returned checks are credited to operating expense in the period during which recovery is made. This direct method for recording returned check losses and recoveries eliminates the need for an allowance for returned checks. The net expense for bad checks included in returned checks, net and cash shortages in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations was $7.7 million, $9.0 million and $10.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

60


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Income Taxes
The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Accordingly, deferred income taxes have been determined by applying current tax rates to temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities determined for income tax and financial reporting purposes.
The Company intends to reinvest its foreign earnings and as a result the Company has not provided a deferred tax liability on foreign earnings.
Employees’ Retirement Plan
Retirement benefits are provided to substantially all U.S. full-time employees who have completed 1,000 hours of service through a defined contribution retirement plan. The Company will match 50% of each employee’s contribution, up to 8% of the employee’s compensation. In addition, a discretionary contribution may be made if the Company meets its financial objectives. The Company’s foreign subsidiaries offer similar plans, the terms of which vary based on statutory requirements.
Total contributions charged to expense was $720,000, $791,000 and $1.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Effective December 31, 2004, the Company established the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”). The Plan’s primary purpose is to provide tax-advantageous asset accumulation for a select group of management and highly compensated employees. Eligible employees may elect to defer up to fifty percent of base salary and/or one hundred percent of bonus earned. The Administrator, persons appointed by the Company’s Board of Directors, may further limit the minimum or maximum amount deferred by any Participants, for any reason. Employer contributions to the Plan during fiscal 2005 were $650,000 and are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2005.
During fiscal 2006, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved discretionary contributions to the Plan in the amount of $1.8 million. Contributions to the plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining annual pre-tax earnings targets and, (ii) after a designated period of time, which is between 24 and 36 months. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Compensation expense related to the fiscal 2006 discretionary contributions was $85,000 and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Company’s balance sheet as of June 30, 2006.
Advertising Costs
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising costs charged to expense were $7.4 million, $9.5 million and $9.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying values of the revolving credit facilities approximate fair values, as these obligations carry a variable interest rate. The fair value of the Company’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 is based on the quoted market value. The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, loan and other consumer lending receivables, which are short-term in nature and their fair value approximates their carrying value.

61


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Derivatives
Operations in the United Kingdom and Canada have exposed the Company to shifts in currency valuations. From time to time, the Company may elect to purchase put options in order to protect earnings in the United Kingdom and Canada against foreign currency fluctuations. Out of the money put options may be purchased because they cost less than completely averting risk, and the maximum downside is limited to the difference between the strike price and exchange rate at the date of purchase and the price of the contracts. At June 30, 2006, the Company held put options with an aggregate notional value of $(CAN) 75.0 million and £(GBP) 14.4 million to protect the future currency exposure in Canada and the United Kingdom throughout fiscal year 2007. The Company uses purchased options designated as cash flow hedges to protect against the foreign currency exchange rate risks inherent in its forecasted earnings denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Company’s cash flow hedges have a duration of less than twelve months. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges, the effective portions of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument are initially recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a separate component of shareholders’ equity and subsequently reclassified into earnings in the period during which the hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is reported in corporate expenses on the statement of operations. For options designated as hedges, hedge effectiveness is measured by comparing the cumulative change in the hedge contract with the cumulative change in the hedged item, both of which are based on forward rates. As of June 30, 2006 no amounts were excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. There was no ineffectiveness in the Company’s cash flow hedges for the year ended June 30, 2006. As of June 30, 2006, amounts related to derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges amounted to a reduction of shareholders’ equity of $338,000 all of which is expected to be transferred to earnings in the next twelve months along with the earnings effects of the related forecasted transactions. The fair market value of the put options at June 30, 2006 was $330,000 and is included in prepaid expenses on the balance sheet.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions
The Company operates check cashing and financial services outlets in Canada and the United Kingdom. The financial statements of these foreign businesses have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All balance sheet accounts are translated at the current exchange rate at each period end and income statement items are translated at the average exchange rate for the period; resulting translation adjustments are made directly to a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in corporate expenses.

62


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Earnings (Loss) per Share
Basic earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted earnings per share are computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, after adjusting for the dilutive effect of stock options and unvested restricted stock. The following table presents the reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):
                         
    Year Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
     
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965  
 
                       
Reconciliation of denominator:
                       
 
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — basic(1)
    10,966       13,946       18,280  
 
                       
Effect of unvested restricted stock grants
                108  
 
                       
Effect of dilutive stock options(2)
                335  
         
 
                       
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding — diluted
  $ 10,966     $ 13,946     $ 18,723  
         
 
(1)   Excludes 107,841 shares of unvested restricted stock, which is included in total outstanding common shares as of June 30, 2006.
 
(2)   The effect of dilutive stock options was determined under the treasury stock method. Due to the net loss during the fiscal years ended 2004 and 2005, the effect of the dilutive options was considered to be antidilutive, and therefore were not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share.

63


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
Stock Based Compensation Plan
At June 30, 2006, the Company offered stock option plans under which shares of common stock may be awarded to directors, employees or consultants of the Company and its subsidiaries. In December 2004, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (SFAS 123R). SFAS 123R revises Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), and supersedes Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (APB 25). In March 2005, the Securities and Exchange Commission issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 (SAB 107) relating to the adoption of SFAS 123R. This statement requires the compensation cost relating to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in a company’s financial statements. SFAS 123R applies to transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods or services and may apply to liabilities an entity may incur for goods or services that are based on the fair value of those equity instruments. Public companies are required to adopt the new standard using a modified prospective method and may elect to restate prior periods using the modified retrospective method. Under the modified prospective method, companies are required to record compensation cost for new and modified awards over the related vesting period of such awards prospectively and record compensation cost prospectively for the unvested portion, at the date of adoption, of previously issued and outstanding awards over the remaining vesting period of such awards. No change to prior periods presented is permitted under the modified prospective method. Under the modified retrospective method, companies record compensation costs for prior periods retrospectively through restatement of such periods using the exact pro forma amounts disclosed in the companies’ footnotes. Also, in the period of adoption and after, companies record compensation cost based on the modified prospective method.
Under SFAS 123R, the Company is required to follow a fair-value approach using an option-pricing model, such as the Black-Scholes option valuation model, at the date of a stock option grant. Effective July 1, 2005, the Company adopted the modified prospective method and has recognized the compensation cost for stock-based awards issued after June 30, 2005 and unvested awards outstanding at the date of adoption, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The additional compensation cost, pursuant to SFAS 123R, included in the statement of operations for the year ended June 30, 2006 was $81,000 net of related tax effects.

64


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)
The following table reconciles the required disclosure under SFAS No. 148, which summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense, net of related tax effects, which would be included in the determination of net income if the expense recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123R had been applied to all stock option awards in periods presented (in thousands, except per share data):
                         
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2004     2005     2006  
Net (loss) income — as reported
  $ (28,033 )   $ (357 )   $ 6,965  
 
                       
Add: Stock-based employee compensation expense included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
                81  
 
                       
Deduct: Total stock-option expense determined under the fair value based method, net of related tax benefits
    (330 )     (4,264 )     (81 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net (loss) income — pro forma
  $ (28,363 )   $ (4,621 )   $ 6,965  
 
                 
 
                       
Net (loss) income  per common share — basic — as reported
  $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.38  
 
                       
Net (loss) income  per common share — basic — proforma
  $ (2.59 )   $ (0.33 )   $ 0.38  
 
                       
Net (loss) income  per common share — diluted — as reported
  $ (2.56 )   $ (0.03 )   $ 0.37  
 
                       
Net (loss) income  per common share — diluted — pro forma
  $ (2.59 )   $ (0.33 )   $ 0.37  
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FAS 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (FIN 48), to create a single model to address accounting for uncertainty in tax prositions. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for income taxes, by prescribing a minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. FIN 48 requires that a “more-likely-than-not” threshold be met before the benefit of a tax position may be recognized in the financial statements and prescribes how such benefit should be measured. It requires that the new standard be applied to the balances of assets and liabilities as of the beginning of the period of adoption and that a corresponding adjustment be made to the opening balance of retained earnings. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company is evaluating the implications of FIN 48 and its impact in the financial statements has not yet been determined.
3. Supplementary Cash Flow Information
Non-cash transactions
On November 15, 2004, the Company capitalized $6.5 million of interest on its 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and it’s 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. On February 2, 2005, the Company wrote off $1.5 million of unamortized original issue discount related to the 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes. Additionally, the Company forgave $2.5 million of accrued interest under the management loans and accepted certain of the management individuals’ exchange of shares of its common stock held by them in satisfaction of $6.7 million principal amount of such loans. On March 7, 2005, the Company, as part of the consideration for the acquisition of WTP, issued $2.0 million in unregistered shares of its common stock (141,935 shares).

65


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Stock Based Compensation Plan
The Company’s 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (the ‘‘1999 Plan’’) states that 784,392 shares of its common stock may be awarded to employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options. Stock appreciation rights (‘‘SARs’’) may also be granted in tandem with the non-qualified stock options or the incentive stock options. Exercise of the SARs cancels the option for an equal number of shares and exercise of the nonqualified stock options or incentive stock options cancels the SARs for an equal number of shares. The number of shares issued under the 1999 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 1999 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after February 15, 2009. The options are exercisable in 20% increments annually on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the grant date, unless otherwise accelerated, and have a term of ten years from the date of issuance.
During the year ended June 30, 2004, 301,920 nonqualified stock options were granted under the 1999 Plan at an exercise price of $10.09, the estimated fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. All options granted under the 1999 Plan became 100% exercisable in conjunction with the Company’s Initial Public Offering on January 28, 2005.
The Company’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the ‘‘2005 Plan’’) states that 1,718,695 shares of its common stock may be awarded to employees or consultants of the Company. The awards, at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, may be issued as nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options or restricted stock awards. The number of shares issued under the 2005 Plan is subject to adjustment as specified in the 2005 Plan provisions. No options may be granted after January 24, 2015. Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the aforementioned plans have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. To date no stock appreciation rights have been granted. The options are generally exercisable in 20% increments annually on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the grant date, unless otherwise accelerated, and have a term of ten years from the date of issuance.
During the year ended June 30, 2005, 534,283 non-qualified stock options were granted under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of $11.70 and 5,000 non-qualified stock options at an exercise price of $9.76 both of which grants were equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date. In addition, an additional 534,283 non-qualified stock options were granted during the year ended June 30, 2005 under the 2005 Plan at an exercise price of $16.00, the initial public offering price. On June 30, 2005, the Board of Directors approved the acceleration of the vesting of all but the 5,000 option grant previously granted under the 2005 Plan.
During the year ended June 30, 2006, 92,500 nonqualified stock options were granted under the 2005 Plan at exercise prices ranging from $11.23 to $19.14 that were equal to the market price of the underlying stock on the grant date.

66


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
A summary of the status of stock option activity for fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006 is as follows:
                                 
            Weighted     Weighted
Average
    Aggregate  
            Average     Contractual     intrinsic  
            Exercise     Term     Value  
            Price     (years)     ($ in millions)  
             
Options outstanding at June 30, 2003
                               
(435,137 shares exercisable)
    539,460     $ 6.59                  
Granted
    301,920     $ 10.09                  
Exercised
        $                  
Forfeited and expired
    (59,940 )   $ 8.77                  
 
                             
Options outstanding at June 30, 2004
                               
(466,200 shares exercisable)
    781,440     $ 7.77                  
Granted
    1,073,566     $ 13.83                  
Exercised
    (11,100 )   $ 5.81                  
Forfeited and expired
        $                  
 
                             
Options outstanding at June 30, 2005
                               
(1,838,906 shares exercisable)
    1,843,906     $ 11.31                  
Granted
    92,500     $ 14.58                  
Exercised
    (210,614 )   $ 6.47                  
Forfeited and expired
    (10,650 )   $ 13.07                  
 
                             
Options outstanding at June 30, 2006
    1,715,142       12.07       7.6     $ 10.2  
 
                             
Exercisable at June 30, 2006
    1,622,642     $ 11.93       7.5     $ 9.9  
 
                             
The aggregate intrinsic value in the above table reflects the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the Company’s closing stock price on the last trading day of the period and the exercise price of the options, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on June 30, 2006. the intrinsic value of the Company’s stock options changes based on the closing price of the Company’s stock. The total intrinsic value of options exercised for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was immaterial. As of June 30, the total unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options that is expected to recognized is immaterial.

67


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
The weighted average fair value of each employee option grant was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions used for grants during fiscal years 2004, 2005 and 2006:
                         
    Year Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
Expected volatility
    46.0 %     41.8 %     46.9 %
Expected life (years)
    6.0       6.0       6.2  
Risk-free interest rate
    4.35 %     4.25 %     4.61 %
Expected dividends
  None   None   None
Weighted average fair value
  $ 5.05     $ 4.94     $ 7.62  

68


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4. Stock Based Compensation Plan (continued)
Restricted stock awards granted under the 2005 Plan become vested (i) upon the Company attaining certain annual pre-tax earnings targets (“performance-based”) and, (ii) after a designated period of time (“time-based”), which is generally three years. Compensation expense is recorded ratably over the requisite service period based upon an estimate of the likelihood of achieving the performance goals. Compensation expense related to restricted stock awards is measured based on the fair value using the closing market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant.
Information concerning restricted stock awards is as follows:
                 
            Weighted
        Average
    Restricted   Grant-Date
    Stock Awards   Fair Value
Outstanding at June 30, 2005
           
Granted
    107,841     $ 18.36  
Vested
           
Forfeited
           
 
         
Outstanding at June 30, 2006
    107,841     $ 18.36  
 
         
5. Restricted Cash
On June 21, 2006 the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with its secondary offering of the Company’s common stock. At June 30, 2006, the $80.8 million, which is included in restricted cash on the Company’s balance sheet, is held in escrow to be used to redeem $70 million outstanding principal amount of its outstanding 9.75% Senior Notes due in 2011 and to pay fees and expenses with respect the redemption. (See Notes 15 and 19).
6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment at June 30, 2005 and 2006 consist of (in thousands):
                 
    June 30,  
    2005     2006  
Land
  $ 170     $ 175  
Leasehold improvements
    33,531       39,574  
Equipment and furniture
    64,465       74,590  
 
           
 
    98,166       114,339  
Less: accumulated depreciation
    (62,555 )     (73,714 )
 
           
Property and equipment, net
  $ 35,611     $ 40,625  
 
           
Depreciation expense amounted to $9.7 million, $10.9 million and $11.4 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

69


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Debt
The Company had debt obligations at June 30, 2005 and 2006 as follows (in thousands):
                 
    June 30,  
    2005     2006  
Revolving credit facility
  $     $ 39,000  
OPCO 9.75% Senior Notes due November 13, 2011; interest payable semi-annually on May 15 and November 15
    271,764       271,487  
Other
          550  
 
           
 
  $ 271,764     $ 331,037  
 
           
On June 23, 2005, OPCO consummated an offering of $30.0 million principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011. The notes were offered as additional debt securities under the indenture pursuant to which OPCO had issued $220.0 million of notes in November 2003 (the “New Notes Indenture”) and $20.0 million of notes issued in May 2004. The notes issued in November 2003, May 2004 and the notes issued in June 2005 constitute a single class of securities under the New Notes Indenture. The net proceeds from the June 2005 note offering were used to repay all of the Company’s outstanding indebtedness under the Company’s domestic revolving credit facility which was approximately $17.9 million. The remaining amounts were used for general working capital purposes.
On July 8, 2005, OPCO entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (“Credit Agreement”) which increased OPCO’s senior secured revolving credit facility to $80 million from the previous amount of $55.0 million. The Credit Agreement reduced the rate of interest and fees payable under the credit facility and eliminated the quarterly reductions to the commitment amount. In addition, the Credit Agreement extended the term of the facility for one additional year to November 12, 2009. At OPCO’s request, existing lenders and/or additional lenders may agree to increase the maximum amount of the credit facility to $100 million. Under the Credit Agreement, up to $30.0 million may be used in connection with letters of credit. The commitment may be subject to reductions in the event the Company engages in certain issuances of debt or equity securities or asset disposals. OPCO’s borrowing capacity under the facility is limited to the lesser of the total commitment of $80.0 million or 85% of certain liquid assets. At June 30, 2006, the borrowing capacity was $69.3 million which consisted of the $80.0 million commitment less letters of credit totaling $10.7 million issued by Wells Fargo Bank, which guarantees the performance of certain of the Company’s contractual obligations. There was $39.0 million outstanding under the facility at June 30, 2006.
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest based, at OPCO’s option, on: (a) the base rate (as defined therein) plus 2.25% at June 30, 2006; (b) the applicable Eurodollar rate (as defined therein) plus 3.50% at June 30, 2006; or (c) LIBO (as defined therein) plus 3.50% at June 30, 2006. All obligations due under the Credit Agreement will mature on November 12, 2009. The weighted average interest rate on borrowings under the revolving credit facility were 6.78% and 8.18% for the years ending June 30, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
All borrowings and other obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by all assets of OPCO and are guaranteed by the Company and each of OPCO’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries. Borrowings are secured by substantially all of OPCO’s assets and the assets of OPCO’s domestic subsidiaries.
The 9.75% Senior Notes are redeemable, in whole or in part, at OPCO’s option, at any time on or after November 15, 2007. If redeemed during the twelve month period commencing November 15 of the years indicated below, the 9.75% Senior Notes will be redeemable at the following redemption prices, expressed as percentages of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of redemption:
         
Year   Percentage
2007
    104.875 %
2008
    102.438 %
2009 and thereafter
    100.000 %

70


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7. Debt (continued)
Prior to November 15, 2006, OPCO may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the 9.75% Senior Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity issuances at a redemption price equal to 109.75% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and liquidated damages, if any, to the date of redemption.
The 9.75% Senior Notes and the Credit Facility contain certain financial and other restrictive covenants, which, among other things, require the Company to achieve certain financial ratios, limit capital expenditures, restrict payment of dividends and require certain approvals in the event the Company wants to increase the borrowings. At June 30, 2006, the Company is in compliance with all covenants.
On June 16, 2006, the Company announced the pricing of an underwritten public offering of 5,000,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $16.65 per share. The net proceeds from this offering were used to redeem $70.0 million principal amount of OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due in 2011 and to pay fees and expenses with respect to these transactions with the remaining proceeds to repay indebtedness under OPCO’s revolving credit facility. The redemption of $70.0 million principal amount of OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes occurred on July 21, 2006. (See Notes 15 and 19 for further discussion.)
The Company established a Canadian dollar overdraft credit facility to fund peak working capital needs for its Canadian operations. The overdraft credit facility, which has no stated maturity date, provides for a commitment of up to approximately $10.0 million in Canadian equivalent of which none were outstanding as of June 30, 2005 and 2006. Amounts outstanding under the facility bear interest at Canadian prime and are secured by a $10.0 million letter of credit issued by Wells Fargo Bank under the Credit Facility.
The total fair market value of the 9.75% OPCO Senior Notes due 2011 at June 30, 2006 was approximately $290.9 million.
Interest expense was $40.6 million, $34.1 million and $29.9 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

71


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Income Taxes
The provision for income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 consists of the following (in thousands):
                         
    Year Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
     
Federal:
                       
Current
  $     $ (1,810 )   $ 107  
Deferred
    14,413       1,758       1,577  
     
 
    14,413       (52 )     1,684  
 
                       
Foreign taxes:
                       
Current
    15,232       19,444       25,317  
Deferred
          594       529  
     
 
    15,232       20,038       25,846  
 
                       
State:
                       
Current
                (16 )
Deferred
    1,197              
     
 
    1,197             (16 )
     
 
  $ 30,842     $ 19,986     $ 27,514  
     
The significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities at June 30, 2005 and 2006 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    June 30,
    2005   2006
     
Deferred tax assets:
               
Loss reserves
  $ 788     $ 2,875  
Depreciation
    2,340       3,086  
Accrued compensation
    216       738  
Other accrued expenses
    221       300  
Net operating loss carry forwards
    33,890       40,386  
Other
    76       317  
       
Gross deferred tax assets
    37,531       47,702  
Valuation allowance
    (37,460 )     (47,517 )
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Amortization and other temporary differences
    (2,352 )     (4,539 )
       
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ (2,281 )   $ (4,354 )
       

72


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
8. Income Taxes (continued)
U.S. income taxes have not been provided on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries. The Company’s intention is to reinvest these earnings permanently or to repatriate the earnings in the future only when it is tax effective to do so. Accordingly, the Company believes that any U.S. tax on repatriated earnings would be substantially offset by U.S. foreign tax credits and or by use of available net operating loss carryforwards.
Differences between effective income tax rates and the statutory U.S. federal income tax rates are as follows (in thousands):
                         
    Year Ended June 30,
    2004   2005   2006
     
Tax provision at federal statutory state
  $ 964     $ 6,870     $ 12,068  
Add (deduct):
                       
Federal and State tax provision
          (746 )     (43 )
Canadian withholding
          (1,130 )     117  
Foreign taxes
    1,122       952       1,942  
U.S. tax on foreign earnings
    2,349              
Canadian restructuring
    5,143              
High yield debt interest
    397              
Other permanent differences
    452       1,054       3,373  
Valuation allowance
    20,415       12,986       10,057  
         
Tax provision at effective tax rate
  $ 30,842     $ 19,986     $ 27,514  
         
Due to the refinancing of the Company’s debt in fiscal 2004 and losses incurred in the United States, significant deferred tax assets have been generated. The Company provided a valuation allowance against substantially all of its deferred tax assets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 which amounted to $47.5 million and $37.5 million, respectively. Because realization is not assured, the Company has not recorded the benefit of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2006, the Company has approximately $108.0 million of federal net operating loss carry forwards available to offset future taxable income. We believe that our ability to utilize net operating losses in a given year will be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code because of changes of ownership resulting from the Company’s June 2006 equity offering. The federal net operating loss carry forwards will begin to expire in 2023, if not utilized.
After the refinancing of its debt, the Company elected not to include Canadian income in its taxable income for U.S. tax return filing purposes. As a result of this election the Company provided a $20.4 million valuation allowance in fiscal year 2004.
Foreign, federal and state income taxes of approximately $13.9 million, $15.8 million and $20.4 million were paid during the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
9. Loss on Extinguishment of Debt
On November 13, 2003, OPCO issued $220.0 million principal amount of 9.75% senior notes due 2011. The proceeds from this offering were used to redeem all of its outstanding 10.875% senior notes and its outstanding 10.875% senior subordinated notes to refinance its credit facility, to distribute a portion of the proceeds to the Company to redeem an equal amount of the Company’s senior discount notes and to pay fees and expenses with respect to these transactions and a related note exchange transaction involving its senior discount notes. On May 6, 2004, OPCO consummated an offering of $20.0 million principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011. The notes were offered as additional debt securities under the indenture pursuant to which OPCO had issued $220.0 million of notes in November 2003. The notes issued in November 2003 and the notes issued in May 2004 constitute a single class of securities. The net proceeds from the May 2004 note offering were distributed to the Company to redeem approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $9.1 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

73


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
On June 30, 2004, the Company terminated an agreement under which it sold a participation interest in a portion of the short-term consumer loans originated by the Company in the United Kingdom to a third party. Associated with the termination of this agreement the Company paid $276,660 representing a prepayment penalty.
On January 7, 2005, OPCO distributed $3.6 million to the Company to redeem approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 16.0% senior notes due 2012 and approximately $1.7 million aggregate principal amount of its 13.95% senior subordinated notes due 2012.
On January 28, 2005, the Company announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. The Company received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering, which were used to redeem the full outstanding principal and accrued interest on its 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 and 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012. The remaining proceeds were used to terminate a management services agreement between OPCO and a third party and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
The loss incurred on the extinguishment of debt is as follows (in thousands):
                       
    2004   2005   2006
                       
Call Premium
                     
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
  $ 1,223   $ 4,883     $           —  
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Notes
  1,980        
Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes
  733        
Write-off of original issue discount, net
                     
Dollar Financial Corp. 16.0% Senior Notes
      1,481        
Dollar Financial Corp. 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes
      1,481        
Prepayment penalty on the extinguishment of coilateralized borrowing
  277        
Write-off of previously capitalized deferred issuance costs, net
  6,142     252        
                         
 
  $ 10,355   $ 8,097     $  
                                           
10. Commitments
The Company has various non-cancelable operating leases for office and retail space and certain equipment with terms ranging from one to five years, most of which contain standard optional renewal clauses. Total rent expense under operating leases amounted to $16.9 million, $19.7 million and $24.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.
At June 30, 2006, future minimum lease payments for operating leases are as follows (in thousands):
         
Year   Amount  
2007
  $ 21,448  
2008
    18,493  
2009
    14,822  
2010
    10,329  
2011
    6,308  
Thereafter
    13,568  
 
     
 
  $ 84,968  
 
     

74


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Acquisitions
The following acquisitions have been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting.
On January 4, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the outstanding shares of International Paper Converters Limited, d/b/a Cheque Changer Limited (“IPC”). The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $2.7 million and was funded through excess internal cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $2.5 million. The 17 company-owned stores and two franchised stores acquired further strengthens the Company’s market share by expanding its customer base in the United Kingdom. The company believes that for this reason, along with the earnings potential for these stores, the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
On January 31, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of Alexandria Financial Services, LLC, Alexandria Acquisition, LLC, American Check Cashers of Lafayette, LLC, ACC of Lake Charles, LLC and Southern Financial Services of Louisiana, LLC (collectively, “American”). The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $11.9 million in cash. This includes a $2.0 million revenue-based earn out which was paid during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2006. The Company’s revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.1 million. The 24 stores acquired further strengthens the Company’s market share by expanding its customer base in the Louisiana market and for this reason, along with the earnings potential for these stores, the Company believes the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
On March 7, 2005, the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all of the assets of We The People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc. (the “Former WTP”) relating to the Former WTP’s retail-based legal document preparation services business. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $14.0 million, consisting of $10.5 million in cash paid at closing, $2.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock and $1.5 million paid at closing to an escrow account to secure certain indemnification liabilities of the Former WTP. In May 2005, $250,000 of the escrow amount was distributed to the seller and 25% of the remaining escrow amount was scheduled to be distributed on each of December 31, 2005, March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, assuming no indemnification claims at such times. In addition, the Company assumed $750,000 in liabilities and assumed approximately $7.6 million in refundable deposits related to certain franchise agreements. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to purchased franchise agreements for $1.2 million and other assets for $1.1 million, with the remainder allocated to goodwill. The agreement also includes a maximum revenue-based earn out of up to $3.0 million which is payable over a two-year period.
The Company filed an action against the sellers of WTP in which it is alleged that the sellers deliberately concealed certain franchise sales; the Company also asserts breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. Pending the resolution of these claims, the Company has determined to withhold the escrow distributions described above. The Company has terminated the employment of Ira and Linda Distenfield, the former shareholders of the Former WTP. (See Note 13.)
The Company’s revolving credit facility and unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock were used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net identifiable assets acquired was $21.5 million. The Company believes that due to the revenues generated from the network of 170 locations and the potential to sell additional franchises, the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
On May 16, 2005, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Tenant Financial Enterprises, Inc., consisting of five financial services stores in Arizona. The aggregate purchase price for this acquisition was $1.7 million in cash. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.7 million. The five stores acquired further strengthens the Company’s market share by expanding its customer base in the Arizona market and for that reason, the Company believes the allocation the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.

75


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Acquisitions (continued)
During fiscal year ending June 30, 2005, the Company completed various other acquisitions resulting in an aggregate increase in goodwill of $2.1 million. As these acquisitions strengthened the Company’s market share by expanding its customer base, along with the earnings potential of the stores acquired, the Company believes the allocation of a portion or all of the purchase price of these acquisitions to goodwill is appropriate.
In July 2005, the Company purchased 26 We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territory for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $5.0 million and was funded through excess internal cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to territory rights for $4.3 million and $750,000 to other assets.
In October 2005, the Company purchased three We The People franchisee-owned stores, converting them to company-owned and -operated stores, and related franchise territories for future development. In addition, the Company acquired three undeveloped territories from franchisees for future development. The aggregate purchase price for these acquisitions was $1.6 million, consisting of $833,000 in cash paid at closing and a $733,000 note payable. The Company allocated $181,000 of the purchase price to territory rights. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $1.1 million. The Company believes that due to the earnings potential from the acquired stores and territory rights and from the franchising opportunities in the acquired territories, the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
On March 9, 2006, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase substantially all of the assets of thirteen franchised stores in western Canada in a series of transactions. Eleven stores were acquired in March 2006 and two stores will be acquired contingent upon the successful attainment of required loan licenses. The acquired stores were controlled by a franchisee of the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, and the company also had a minority ownership interest in seven of these stores. The total aggregate purchase price for the eleven stores was approximately $14.7 million cash. An additional $3.6 million is being held in escrow for the remaining two stores. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to reacquired franchise rights for $1.4 million and other assets for $1.4 million. The Company’s revolving credit facility was used to fund the purchase. The excess of the purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired was $11.9 million. Based on the future earnings potential for these stores, the Company believes that the allocation of a portion of the preliminary fair value of the purchase price to goodwill is appropriate.
On April 3, 2006, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to acquire six stores from a franchisee of the Company’s wholly owned United Kingdom subsidiary. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisitions was approximately $2.0 million cash. The Company allocated a portion of the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets, reacquired franchise rights, in the amount of $1.6 million and other assets in the amount of $433,000. The Company’s internal cash was used to fund the purchase. There was no excess of purchase price over the preliminary fair value of identifiable assets acquired.

76


Table of Contents

77

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
11. Acquisitions (continued)
The following unaudited pro forma information for the years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 presents the results of operations as if the acquisitions had occurred as of the beginning of the periods presented. The pro forma operating results include the results of these acquisitions for the indicated periods and reflect the amortization of identifiable intangible assets arising from the acquisitions, increased interest expense on acquisition debt and the income tax impact as of the respective purchase dates of IPC, American, the assets of the Former WTP, excluding the acquisition of the Company-owned stores in fiscal 2006, the assets of the eleven Canadian franchisee stores and 6 United Kingdom franchisee stores. Pro forma results of operations are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the purchase been made on the date above or the results which may occur in the future.
                 
    Fiscal year ended
    June 30,
    2005   2006
    (Unaudited – in thousands)
Revenues
  $ 309,789     $ 332,676  
Net income
  $ 6,610     $ 7,297  
Net income per common share — basic
  $ 0.47     $ 0.40  
Net income per common share — diluted
  $ 0.46     $ 0.39  

77


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Goodwill and Other Intangibles
In accordance with the adoption provisions of SFAS No. 142, the Company is required to perform goodwill impairment tests on at least an annual basis. The Company performs its annual impairment test as of June 30. As of June 30, 2006, there is no impairment of goodwill. There can be no assurance that future goodwill impairment tests will not result in a charge to earnings. A portion of the consideration for the We The People acquisitions was allocated to franchise agreements and territory rights. Territory rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life and are expected to be available for sale when certain indemnification claims have been resolved as discussed in Note 13. Franchise agreements are deemed to have a definite life and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the agreements which are generally 10 years. A portion of the consideration for the 26 WTP stores acquired in July 2005, the 11 stores acquired on March 9, 2006 and the six stores acquired on April 3, 2006 was allocated to reacquired franchise rights. Reacquired franchise rights are deemed to have an indefinite useful life. These identifiable intangible assets have been included as other intangibles on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization for intangible assets for the years ending June 30, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $95,000, $56,000 and $93,000, respectively. The amortization expense for the franchise agreements will be as follows:
         
Fiscal Year Ending June 30,   Amount  
    (In thousands)  
2007
  $ 81.9  
2008
    81.9  
2009
    81.9  
2010
    81.9  
2011
    81.9  
Thereafter
    345.5  
 
     
 
  $ 755  
 
     
The following table reflects the components of intangible assets (in thousands):
                                 
    June 30, 2005   June 30, 2006
    Gross Carrying   Accumulated   Gross Carrying   Accumulated
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
             
Non-amortized intangible assets:
                               
Cost in excess of net assets acquired
  $ 205,572     $ 20,532     $ 232,279     $ 21,191  
Territory rights
                5,361        
Reacquired franchise rights
                1,478        
             
 
  $ 205,572     $ 20,532     $ 239,118     $ 21,191  
             
 
                               
Amortized intangible assets:
                               
Covenants not to compete
  $ 2,510     $ 2,510     $     $  
Franchise agreements
    1,187       37       755       116  
             
 
  $ 3,697     $ 2,547     $ 755     $ 116  
             

78


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
12. Goodwill and Other Intangibles (continued)
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill and other intangibles by reportable segment for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2005 and 2006 are as follows:
                                 
    United           United    
    States   Canada   Kingdom   Total
     
Balance at June 30, 2004
  $ 56,514     $ 38,821     $ 53,783     $ 149,118  
Amortization of other intangibles
    (56 )                 (56 )
Acquisitions
    31,077             3,223       34,300  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          3,638       (810 )     2,828  
     
Balance at June 30, 2005
    87,535       42,459       56,196       186,190  
Amortization of other intangibles
    (93 )                 (93 )
Acquisitions
    10,418       13,896       1,618       25,932  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
          4,737       1,800       6,537  
     
Balance at June 30, 2006
  $ 97,860     $ 61,092     $ 59,614     $ 218,566  
     
13. Contingent Liabilities
In addition to the legal proceedings discussed below, which the Company is defending vigorously, the Company is involved in routine litigation and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the Company believes that the resolution of these proceedings will not materially adversely impact its business, there can be no assurances in that regard.
While the Company believes there is no legal basis for liability, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company does not expect that the ultimate costs to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
Canadian Legal Proceedings
On August 19, 2003, a former customer in Ontario, Canada, Margaret Smith, commenced an action against the Company and its Canadian subsidiary on behalf of a purported class of Ontario borrowers who, Smith claims, were subjected to usurious charges in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, alleges violations of a Canadian federal law proscribing usury and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. The Company’s Canadian subsidiary’s motion to stay the action on grounds of arbitrability was denied. The Company’s motion to stay the action for lack of jurisdiction was denied. The Company is seeking leave to appeal this decision to the Supreme Court of Canada. The Company is also seeking to have the action stayed, as to the Company, pending a decision on the Company’s leave application. The certification motion in this action is scheduled to proceed in October 2006 with regard to the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and, if the Company’s application to stay the proceeding is not successful, with the Company as well.
On October 21, 2003, another former customer, Kenneth D. Mortillaro, commenced a similar action against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary, but this action has since been stayed on consent because it is a duplicate action. The allegations, putative class and relief sought in the Mortillaro action are substantially the same as those in the Smith action.

79


Table of Contents

80

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Contingent Liabilities (continued)
Canadian Legal Proceedings (continued)
On November 6, 2003, Gareth Young, a former customer, commenced a purported class action in the Court of Queen’s Bench of Alberta, Canada on behalf of a class of consumers who obtained short-term loans from the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in Alberta, alleging, among other things, that the charge to borrowers in connection with such loans is usurious. The action seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages. On December 9, 2005, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary settled this action, subject to court approval. On March 3, 2006, just prior to the date scheduled for final court approval of the settlement, the Plaintiff’s lawyer advised they would not proceed with the settlement and indicated their intention to join the purported national class action. No steps have been taken in the action since March 2006.
On January 29, 2003, a former customer, Kurt MacKinnon, commenced an action against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary and 26 other Canadian lenders on behalf of a purported class of British Columbia residents who, MacKinnon claims, were overcharged in payday-loan transactions. The action, which is pending in the Supreme Court of British Columbia, alleges violations of laws proscribing usury and unconscionable trade practices and seeks restitution and damages, including punitive damages, in an unknown amount. Following initial denial, MacKinnon obtained an order permitting him to re-apply for class certification which was appealed. The Court of Appeal has granted MacKinnon the right to apply to the original judge to have her amend her order denying certification. On June 14, 2006, the original judge granted the requested order. The Company’s Canadian Subsidiary is seeking leave to appeal the order.
On April 15, 2005, the solicitor acting for MacKinnon commenced a proposed class action against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary on behalf of another former customer, Louise Parsons. The certification motion in this action is scheduled to proceed in November 2006, but likely will not proceed if MacKinnon’s order allowing him to re-apply for class certification is not overturned on appeal.
Similar purported class actions have been commenced against the Company’s Canadian subsidiary in Manitoba, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia and Newfoundland. The Company is named as a defendant in the actions commenced in Nova Scotia and Newfoundland but it has not been served with the statements of claim in these actions to date. The claims in these additional actions are substantially similar to those of the Ontario actions referred to above.
At this time it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of these matters.
California Legal Proceedings
The Company is the defendant in four lawsuits commenced by the same law firm. Each lawsuit is pled as a class action, and each lawsuit alleges violations of California’s wage-and-hour laws. The named plaintiffs are the Company’s former employees Vernell Woods (commenced August 22, 2000), Juan Castillo (commenced May 1, 2003), Stanley Chin (commenced May 7, 2003) and Kenneth Williams (commenced June 3, 2003). Each of these suits seeks an unspecified amount of damages and other relief in connection with allegations that the Company misclassified California store (Woods) and area (Castillo) managers as “exempt” from a state law requiring the payment of overtime compensation, that the Company failed to provide non-management employees with meal and rest breaks required under state law (Chin) and that the Company computed bonuses payable to its store managers using an impermissible profit-sharing formula (Williams). The trial court in Chin denied plaintiff’s motion for class certification. Plaintiffs appealed that ruling and in May 2006, the Appellate Court affirmed the denial of class certification. On March 15, 2006, the Company reached a settlement in the Woods, Castillo and Williams actions, and the court granted preliminary approval of that settlement on June 19, 2006. The Company agreed to settle Woods for $4,000,000, Castillo for $1,100,000 and Williams for $700,000. The total amount paid to the class members in Woods and Castillo may increase if the Company’s estimate of the total number of workweeks for those classes proves to be too low. It is unlikely that the settlement amounts for Woods or Castillo will increase by more than twenty percent. The settlement is also subject to final court approval, the court will hold the hearing for final approval on October 3, 2006. Although the Company expects approval, there can be no assurance that such approval will be forthcoming. The Company accrued $5.8 million during the quarter ended March 31, 2006 related to the Woods, Castillo and Williams cases. At June 30, 2006, this amount is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities.

80


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Contingent Liabilities (continued)
California Legal Proceedings (continued)
At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, resulting from the Chin case.
We The People Legal Proceedings
The Company’s business model for its legal document preparation services business is being challenged in the courts, as described below, which could result in the Company’s discontinuation of these services in any one or more jurisdictions.
The Former WTP, the company from which the Company bought the assets of, WTP and/or certain of the Company’s franchisees are defendants in various lawsuits. These actions, which are pending in North Carolina, Illinois, Florida, Ohio, Oregon and Georgia state courts, allege violations of the unauthorized practice of law statute and various consumer protection statutes of those states. There are presently fifteen stores operated by franchisees in these six states. These cases seek damages and/or injunctive relief, which could prevent the Company and/or its franchisees from preparing legal documents in accordance with the Company’s present business model. The Illinois case has been pending since March 2001. The Georgia case was commenced against the Company’s local franchisee in May 2005. The North Carolina case has been pending since the summer of 2003. The Florida case and Ohio case have been pending since February 2006.
On February 9, 2006, We The People and the Tennessee Department of Consumer Affairs (“the Department”) reached a mutual agreement to end a lawsuit filed by the Department against We The People and its two Tennessee franchisees that had alleged violations of the Tennessee unauthorized practice of law statutes and the Tennessee Consumer Protection Act. The agreement, which was confirmed by the court, allows We The People to continue its operations in Tennessee however, We The People agreed to make some adjustments to its services and advertisements. Additionally, as part of the resolution of the dispute, We The People has made a payment of $160,000 to the State that will be available to be distributed as refunds to eligible consumers. We The People had denied any liability or any wrongdoing, and no wrongdoing was found by either the court or the Department.
The state bar association in Mississippi had commenced an investigation regarding the Company’s and its local franchisee’s legal document preparation activities within that state in February 2005. The franchisee operated one store in Mississippi at that time. The Mississippi store closed in the Fall of 2005 and the Mississippi Bar Association terminated their investigation.
The Former WTP and/or certain of the Company’s franchisees were defendants in adversary proceedings commenced by various United States Bankruptcy trustees in bankruptcy courts in the District of Colorado, Eastern District of New York, the District of Maryland, District of Connecticut, the Northern District of Illinois, the Middle District of Tennessee, the Eastern District of Tennessee, the Eastern District of Oklahoma, the Middle District of North Carolina, the District of Idaho, the District of Oregon, the Eastern District of Michigan and the District of Delaware. The actions in Connecticut, Colorado, Illinois, New York, Connecticut, Maryland, Delaware, Michigan and Oklahoma have recently been settled by Consent Order and Stipulation. The cases in Tennessee, Idaho and North Carolina have been adjudicated by the courts and limits have been placed on the We The People model and price for services in those states. A case was filed recently in the Central District of Texas. In each of these adversary proceedings, the United States Bankruptcy trustee alleged that the defendants violated certain requirements of Section 110 of the United States Bankruptcy Code, which governs the preparation of bankruptcy petitions by non-attorneys, and engaged in fraudulent, unfair and deceptive conduct which constitutes the unauthorized practice of law.
In March 2003, the Former WTP, on behalf of its local franchisee, filed an appeal from a decision of the United States District Court for the District of Idaho which had reduced the fee that the Former WTP franchisee could charge for its bankruptcy petition preparation services and ruled that the Former WTP’s business model for the preparation of bankruptcy petitions was deceptive or unfair, resulted in the charging of excessive fees and constituted the unauthorized practice of law. On June 17, 2005, the United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit affirmed this decision, without reaching the issues related to unauthorized practice of law.

81


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Contingent Liabilities (continued)
We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
On May 10, 2005, the Company, the Former WTP and certain of the Company’s local franchisees temporarily settled two of the bankruptcy adversary proceedings pending in the District of Connecticut and in the Southern District of New York by entering into stipulated preliminary injunctions regarding preparation of bankruptcy petitions within these judicial districts pending the final resolution of these proceedings. Each of the adversary proceedings temporarily settled was referred to mediation, together with certain other matters currently pending in the Southern District of New York and in the Eastern District of New York against the Former WTP and certain of the Company’s franchisees, in an effort to develop a protocol for the Company and its franchisees located within all Federal judicial districts in New York, Vermont and Connecticut to comply with Section 110 of the Bankruptcy Code. Subsequently, through mediation, this preliminary injunction with several modifications, was the basis for a Stipulated Final Judgment permitting the We The People model protocol within the Southern and Eastern Districts of New York, Vermont and Connecticut.
In December 2004, the Former WTP entered into a stipulated judgment based on an alleged violation of the Federal Trade Commission’s Franchise Rule. Under the terms of the judgment, the Former WTP paid a $286,000 fine and is permanently enjoined from violating the Federal Trade Commission Act and the Franchise Rule and is required to comply with certain compliance training, monitoring and reporting and recordkeeping obligations. The Company has requested the Federal Trade Commission to confirm that it agrees with the Company’s interpretation that these obligations are applicable only to the Company’s legal document preparation services business.
On August 11, 2005, Sally S. Attia and two other attorneys, purporting to sue on behalf of a nationwide class of all U.S. bankruptcy attorneys, commenced an antitrust action against the Company in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York. They allege that the Company and the Former WTP have unlawfully restrained competition in the market for bankruptcy services through the Company’s advertising and other practices, and they seek class-action status, damages in an indeterminate amount (including punitive and treble damages under the Sherman and Clayton Acts) and other relief. On August 12, 2005, the court denied plaintiffs’ request for expedited or ex parte injunctive relief. The Company’s motion to dismiss this action was submitted on October 7, 2005, and the Company is presently awaiting a decision.
On October 21, 2005, the Company filed an action against IDLD, Inc., Ira Distenfield (collectively, the “IDLD Parties”) and Linda Distenfield in the Court of Common Pleas of Chester County, Pennsylvania, alleging that the sellers of the We The People business deliberately concealed certain franchise sales from the Company. The Company also asserts breaches of representations and warranties made by the sellers with respect to undisclosed liabilities and other matters arising out of the acquisition. On March 13, 2006, the sellers and We The People Hollywood Florida, Inc. filed suit against the Company in the United States District Court for the Central District of California. Their complaint alleges that the Company deprived plaintiffs of the benefits of the purchase agreement, improperly terminated the employment contracts that Ira and Linda Distenfield had with the Company, and other claims. On April 7, 2006, the parties agreed to stay both the Pennsylvania and California litigations and to have all disputes resolved by arbitration. The parties have selected three arbitrators and discovery is now underway. The arbitration proceedings are expected to begin on February 5, 2007 and to continue for approximately three weeks.
On July 6, 2006, a current We The People franchisee, New Millennium Corporation, filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of California, Santa Barbara County alleging that Ira and Linda Distenfield and WTP FSC USA (now IDLD), the former owner of the We The People franchise system, violated the California Franchise Investment Law, breached certain addenda to franchise agreements and engaged in fraud, unjust enrichment, conversion and unfair business practices in connection with New Millennium’s purchase, in 2004, of two We the People franchises in Marin County and the East Bay of the San Francisco Bay Area. The Company’s subsidiary, We The People USA, Inc. (WTP), is also named as a defendant in the action as the alleged successor to WTP FSC USA as are Dollar Financial Group and the Company as WTP’s parent and ultimate parent, respectively.
On July 24, 2006, a former franchisee in the We The People system, Glen Tioram Moors, filed a lawsuit in the Superior Court of California in Orange County alleging that Ira and Linda Distenfield and WTP FSC USA (now IDLD), the former owner of the We The People franchise system, in 2004 sold plaintiff a franchise for 3 cities in California and engaged in a plan to defraud plaintiff and sell the same franchise territory to more than one owner. WTP USA, Inc., our subsidiary, is also named as a

82


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
13. Contingent Liabilities (continued)
We The People Legal Proceedings (continued)
defendant and is alleged to have interfered with plaintiff’s franchise contract when WTP sold a franchise to another individual for one of those cities.
At this time, it is too early to determine the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or the ultimate liability, if any, of any of the aforementioned matters.
In addition to the matters described above, the Company continues to respond to inquiries it receives from state bar associations and state regulatory authorities from time to time as a routine part of its business regarding its legal document preparation services business and its franchisees.
While the Company believes there is no legal basis for liability in any of the aforementioned cases, due to the uncertainty surrounding the litigation process, the Company is unable to reasonably estimate a range of loss, if any, at this time. While the outcome of these matters is currently not determinable, the Company does not expect that the ultimate cost to resolve these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
14. Credit Risk
At June 30, 2005 and 2006, OPCO had 10 and 9, respectively, bank accounts in major U.S. financial institutions in the aggregate amount of $3,504,547 and $84,958,273, respectively, which exceeded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit protection limits. The Canadian Federal Banking system provides customers with similar deposit insurance through the Canadian Deposit Insurance Corporation (‘‘CDIC’’). At June 30, 2005 and 2006, the Company’s Canadian subsidiary had 13 and 18 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $7,657,540 and $6,872,769, respectively, which exceeded CDIC limits. At June 30, 2005 and 2006 the Company’s United Kingdom operations had 40 and 34 bank accounts, respectively, totaling $12,087,461 and $11,181,286. These financial institutions have strong credit ratings, and management believes credit risk relating to these deposits is minimal.
From June 13, 2002 until July 27, 2005, the Company acted as a servicer for County Bank of Rehoboth Beach, Delaware and it has acted as a servicer for First Bank since October 18, 2002. On March 2, 2005, the FDIC issued a financial institution letter which, among other things, limits the period during which a borrower may have a short-term single-payment loan outstanding from any FDIC-insured bank to three months during a twelve-month period. On June 16, 2005, the Company announced that, as a result of the FDIC’s letter, the Company would transition away from bank-funded consumer loans to company-funded loans. As part of this transition, the Company terminated its relationship with County Bank and amended its relationship with First Bank, in each case by mutual agreement.
On behalf of First Bank in the United States, the Company markets unsecured short-term loans to customers with established bank accounts and verifiable sources of income. Prior to July 1, 2005, loans were made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 23 days. Under these programs, the Company earns servicing fees, which may be reduced if the related loans are not collected. The Company maintains a reserve for estimated reductions. In addition, the Company maintains a reserve for anticipated losses for loans the Company makes directly. In order to estimate the appropriate level of these reserves, the Company considers the amount of outstanding loans owed to it, as well as loans owed to First Bank and serviced by the Company, the historical loans charged-off, current collection patterns and current economic trends. As these conditions change, additional allowances might be required in future periods. During fiscal 2005, County Bank originated or extended approximately $115.5 million of loans through the Company locations and document transmitters. First Bank originated or extended approximately $303.2 million of loans through the Company during this period. County Bank originated or extended approximately $136.2 million of loans through the Company locations and document transmitters during fiscal 2004 and First Bank originated or extended approximately $249.1 million of loans through the Company for the same period.
As of June 30, 2006, all of the Company’s retail financial service locations, with the exception of those in Pennsylvania and Texas, have transitioned to the company-funded consumer loan model. Historically the Company marketed and serviced bank-

83


Table of Contents

funded short-term single-payment loans at seventeen stores in Pennsylvania and six stores in Texas. In February 2006, the Company was advised by First Bank, which has been the lender in these consumer loans in Pennsylvania and Texas, that First Bank
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Credit Risk (continued)
had received a letter from the FDIC communicating certain concerns about its consumer loan products. As a result, First Bank ceased offering single-payment consumer loans in June 2006. In Pennsylvania, the cessation of bank-funded single-payment loans eliminated this form of lending in the state, since the Legislature did not pass enabling legislation this year. The Company does not expect this cessation to have a material impact on our operations. The Company is currently developing an alternative company-funded revolving credit product for Pennsylvania consumers. The Company has also implemented a credit services organization model for single-payment loans at its six Texas stores under the terms of which, beginning in June 2006, it guaranties, originates and services loans for a non-bank lender that comply with Texas law.
The lender in our CustomCashTM domestic installment loan program, First Bank, is working to address certain concerns raised by the FDIC with respect to this program. While the Company has been responsive to First Bank’s requests and inquiries, it is uncertain whether First Bank will ultimately continue this line of business.
The Company also originates unsecured short-term single-payment loans to borrowers for its own account in Canada, the United Kingdom and now, most United States markets. The Company bears the entire risk of loss related to these loans. In the United States, these loans are made for amounts up to $1,000, with terms of 7 to 37 days. In Canada, loans are issued to qualified borrowers based on a percentage of the borrowers’ income with terms of 1 to 35 days. The Company issues loans in the United Kingdom for up to £600, with a term of 28 days. The Company originated or extended approximately $685.7 million of the single-payment consumer loans through our locations and document transmitters during fiscal 2005 and approximately $964.9 million through our locations during 2006. In addition, beginning in fiscal 2003 the Company acted as a direct lender of longer-term installment loans in the United Kingdom. This product was introduced in certain United States and Canadian markets at the end of fiscal 2004. In the United States for fiscal 2005, the Company originated 414 installment loans with an average principal amount of $781 and a weighted average term of approximately 275 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its location in the United States of approximately $324 thousand in fiscal 2005. In the United States for fiscal 2006, the Company originated 65,400 installment loans with an average principal amount of $711 and a weighted average term of approximately 122 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in the United States of approximately $46.5 million in fiscal 2006. In Canada, the Company originated 4,200 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,260 and a weighted average term of approximately 182 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in Canada of approximately $5.3 million in fiscal 2006. In the United Kingdom for fiscal 2006, the Company originated 8,725 installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,294 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. In United Kingdom for fiscal 2005, the Company originated 6,935 longer-term installment loans with an average principal amount of $1,079 and a weighted average term of approximately 365 days. The Company originated or extended installment loans through its locations in the United Kingdom of approximately $11.3 million in fiscal 2006 and $7.5 million in fiscal 2005. Outstanding installment loans receivable at June 30, 2006 is $7.9 million, $8.5 million and $2.6 million in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada, respectively.
On November 15, 2002, the Company entered into an agreement with a third party to sell, without recourse, subject to certain obligations, a participation interest in a portion of short-term consumer loans originated by the Company in the United Kingdom. The transfer of assets was treated as a financing under FAS 140. The Agreement gave the third party a first priority lien, charge, and security interest in the assets pledged. The Company paid an annual interest rate of 15.6% on the amount borrowed, which was subject to loss rates on the related loans. On June 30, 2004 the Company terminated the agreement and paid $8.0 million to repurchase the participation interest, $104,000 of accrued interest and $276,660 representing a prepayment penalty. In connection with the repurchase of the participation interest, the liens on the loans receivable were released.
The Company had approximately $59.0 million and $40.2 million of loans on its balance sheet at June 30, 2006 and 2005, respectively, which is reflected in loans receivable. Loans receivable, net at June 30, 2006 and 2005 are reported net of a reserve of $5.4 million and $2.7 million, respectively, related to consumer lending. The receivable for defaulted loans, net of a $11.7 million allowance is reported on the Company’s balance sheet in other consumer lending receivables, net and was $4.3 million at June 30, 2006. Net charge-offs for company-originated loans, which are charged against the allowance for loan losses for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 were $10.0 million, $14.3 million and $9.0 million, respectively. For the years ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004, total consumer lending revenue, net earned by the Company was $132.2 million, $123.6 million and $98.0 million, respectively.

84


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14. Credit Risk (continued)
Activity in the allowance for loan losses during the fiscal years ended 2004, 2005 and 2006 was as follows (in thousands):
Allowance for loan losses
                                                 
                                   
    Balance at     Provision     Foreign     Transfer to              
    beginning of     charged to     currency     other     Net charge-     Balance at  
Description   period     loan revenues     translation     accounts     offs     end of period  
June 30, 2006
                                               
 
Loan loss allowance
  $ 2,747     $ 16,651     $ 158     $ (13,479 )   $ (712 )   $ 5,365  
Defaulted loan allowance
          7,249       273       13,479       (9,307 )     11,694  
 
June 30, 2005
                                               
 
Loan loss allowance
    2,315       14,793       (28 )           (14,333 )     2,747  
 
June 30, 2004
                                               
 
Loan loss allowance
  $ 1,344     $ 9,928     $ 15     $     $ (8,972 )   $ 2,315  
15. Capital Stock
Effective January 27, 2005, the Company executed an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which increased the authorized common stock to 55,500,000 shares and also authorized 10,000,000 shares of par value $0.001 preferred stock. The Company also took the following actions:
    Converted the par value of its common stock from $1 per common share to $0.001 per common share;
 
    Declared a 555-to-1 stock split of the common stock;
 
    Authorized the adoption of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan to selected employees, directors and consultants which provides for issuance of up to 1,718,695 shares of common stock or options to purchase shares of common stock;
 
    Authorized the redemption of its 16.0% Senior Notes;
 
    Authorized the redemption of its 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes; and
 
    Authorized $2.5 million to pay a fee to terminate a management services agreement among the Company, OPCO and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.
All common stock and per share amounts have been restated to reflect the effect of the stock split.
On January 28, 2005, the Company announced the pricing of the initial public offering of 7,500,000 shares of its common stock at $16.00 per share. The Company sold 7,378,125 shares of common stock and a selling stockholder has sold 121,875 shares of common stock in connection with this offering. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of its shares by the selling stockholder. In connection with the IPO, the selling stockholder participated in the proportionate costs of the underwriter’s fee. No other costs, all which were de minimis, were proportionately shared. On February 2, 2005, the Company received $109.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering. The following table summarizes the use of funds (in millions):

85


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
15. Capital Stock (continued)
         
Redeem in full the outstanding principal amount of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012 at a redemption price of 110.0% of the current accretion amount:
       
Principal
  $ 45.3  
Accrued interest
    1.6  
Redemption premium
    4.7  
 
     
Total cost of redemption of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012
    51.6  
Redeem in full the outstanding principal amount of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 at a redemption price of 100.0% of the current accretion amount:
       
Principal
    44.5  
Accrued interest
    1.3  
Redemption premium
     
 
     
Total cost of redemption of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    45.8  
Terminate a management services agreement among the Company, OPCO and Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. prior to the contractual date of termination
    2.5  
Pay estimated fees and expenses with respect to the offering and the related transactions
    2.7  
Use the remaining proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes
    7.2  
 
     
Total use of net proceeds
  $ 109.8  
 
     
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The Company’s credit agreement, as amended and restated as of July 8, 2005, and the indenture dated November 13, 2003 relating to OPCO’s 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011, contain restriction on our declaration and payment of dividends.
There are no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights of common stock holders. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.
On June 16, 2006, the Company announced the pricing of an underwritten offering of 5,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at $16.65 per share. On June 21, 2006, the Company received $80.8 million in net proceeds in connection with this offering. The following table summarizes the use of funds (in millions):
         
Redeem a portion of OPCO’s outstanding principal amount of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 at a redemption price of 109.75%:
       
Principal
  $ 70.0  
Accrued interest
    1.3  
Redemption premium
    6.8  
 
     
Total cost of the partial redemption of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
    78.1  
Pay estimated fees and expenses with respect to the offering and the related transactions
    0.6  
Use the remaining proceeds for working capital and general corporate purposes
    2.1  
 
     
Total use of net proceeds
  $ 80.8  
 
     

86


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
16. Geographic Segment Information
All operations for which geographic data is presented below are in one principal industry (check cashing and ancillary services) (in thousands):
                                 
    United           United    
    States   Canada   Kingdom   Total
     
2004
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 127,679     $ 92,835     $ 98,823     $ 319,337  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    56,514       38,821       53,783       149,118  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    47,716       38,483       31,198       117,397  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    71,577       31,479       19,405       122,461  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (17,504 )     (3,001 )     (3,984 )     (24,489 )
     
Consumer lending, net
    54,073       28,478       15,421       97,972  
Money transfers
    4,525       5,775       2,732       13,032  
Franchise fees and royalities
          3,255             3,255  
Other
    3,546       8,475       2,430       14,451  
     
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    109,860       84,466       51,781       246,107  
 
                               
Interest expense, net
    33,247       2,492       4,384       40,123  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,220       2,476       2,136       9,832  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    10,355                   10,355  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (36,493 )     27,418       11,884       2,809  
Income tax provision
    17,787       10,111       2,944       30,842  
 
                               
2005
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 160,329     $ 117,987     $ 109,540     $ 387,856  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    87,535       42,459       56,196       186,190  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    46,596       43,686       38,466       128,748  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    78,495       48,680       25,829       153,004  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (17,827 )     (5,819 )     (5,779 )     (29,425 )
     
Consumer lending, net
    60,668       42,861       20,050       123,579  
Money transfers
    4,239       6,845       3,687       14,771  
Franchise fees and royalties
    2,982       4,167             7,149  
Other
    3,643       10,665       3,011       17,319  
     
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    118,128       108,224       65,214       291,566  
 
                               
Interest expense, net
    30,226       650       3,002       33,878  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,739       3,240       2,023       11,002  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    8,097                   8,097  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (35,052 )     38,251       16,430       19,629  
Income tax provision (benefit)
    (52 )     15,172       4,866       19,986  

87


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
16. Geographic Segment Information (continued)
                                 
    United           United    
    States   Canada   Kingdom   Total
     
2006
                               
Identifiable assets
  $ 257,655     $ 162,603     $ 131,567     $ 551,825  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
    97,860       61,091       59,615       218,566  
Sales to unaffiliated customers:
                               
Check cashing
    48,186       52,096       42,188       142,470  
Consumer lending:
                               
Fees from consumer lending
    60,487       69,999       32,102       162,588  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing revenue
    (14,372 )     (9,070 )     (6,925 )     (30,367 )
     
Consumer lending, net
    46,115       60,929       25,177       132,221  
Money transfers
    4,624       8,334       4,247       17,205  
Franchise fees and royalties
    5,655       5,302             10,957  
Other
    7,620       14,001       4,047       25,668  
     
Total sales to unaffiliated customers
    112,200       140,662       75,659       328,521  
 
                               
Interest expense, net
    27,835       (994 )     2,861       29,702  
Depreciation and amortization
    4,906       3,923       2,660       11,489  
Litigation settlement costs
    5,800                   5,800  
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (33,304 )     55,262       12,521       34,479  
Income tax provision
    1,847       21,307       4,360       27,514  
17. Related Party Transactions
During fiscal 1999, the Company issued loans to certain members of management to pay personal income tax expense associated with the exercise of certain options and grants of certain stock. In conjunction with the Company’s initial public offering, the Company forgave accrued interest under the management loans (in aggregate amount of approximately $2.5 million) and accepted the management individuals exchange of shares of the Company’s common stock held by them in full satisfaction of the principal amount of such loans (in the aggregate amount of approximately $6.7 million). For the purposes of the exchange, the Company valued its common stock at the initial public offering price.
Under an amended and restated management services agreement among Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and the Company, the Company agreed to pay Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. an annual fee equal to $1.0 million for ongoing management, consulting and financial planning services, as well as reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred. The agreement was scheduled to terminate on November 13, 2008. However the parties terminated the agreement in conjunction with the closing of the Company’s initial public equity offering because the Company believes it is appropriate as a public company to minimize related party transactions. In connection with this termination, the Company paid Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. accrued fees of $1.2 million and a termination fee of $2.5 million.
In conjunction with the Company’s initial public equity offering, the Company’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, as the only selling stockholder, participated in the costs of the underwriter’s fee. No other diminimus costs were proportionately shared.

88


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Subsidiary Guarantor Financial Information
OPCO’s payment obligations under its 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 are jointly and severally guaranteed (such guarantees, the ‘‘Guarantees’’) on a full and unconditional basis by the Company and by OPCO’s existing and future domestic subsidiaries (the ‘‘Guarantors’’). Guarantees of the notes by Guarantors directly owning, now or in the future, capital stock of foreign subsidiaries will be secured by second priority liens on 65% of the capital stock of such foreign subsidiaries. In the event OPCO directly owns a foreign subsidiary in the future, the notes will be secured by a second priority lien on 65% of the capital stock of any such foreign subsidiary (such capital stock of foreign subsidiaries referenced in this paragraph collectively, the ‘‘Collateral’’). The non-guarantors consist of OPCO’s foreign subsidiaries (“Non-guarantors”).
The Guarantees of the notes:
    rank equal in right of payment with all existing and future unsubordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors;
 
    rank senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Guarantors; and
 
    are effectively junior to any indebtedness of OPCO, including indebtedness under the Company’s senior secured reducing revolving credit facility, that is either (1) secured by a lien on the Collateral that is senior or prior to the second priority liens securing the Guarantees of the notes or (2) secured by assets that are not part of the Collateral to the extent of the value of the assets securing such indebtedness.
Separate financial statements of each Guarantor that is a subsidiary of OPCO have not been presented because they are not required by securities laws and management has determined that they would not be material to investors. The accompanying tables set forth the condensed consolidating balance sheets at June 30, 2006 and 2005 and the condensed consolidating statements of operations and cash flows for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006, 2005 and 2004 of OPCO, the combined Guarantors, the combined Non-Guarantors and the consolidated Company.

89


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheets
June 30, 2006
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc.   Subsidiary        
    Financial   and Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
    (In thousands)
ASSETS
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 470     $ 39,340     $ 80,411     $     $ 120,221  
Restricted cash
          80,750                   80,750  
Loans receivable
                                     
Loans receivable
          9,686       49,311             58,997  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
          (1,054 )     (4,311 )           (5,365 )
     
Loans receivable, net
          8,632       45,000             53,632  
Other consumer lending receivables
          2,738       4,807             7,545  
Other receivables
    293       2,754       5,538       (420 )     8,165  
Income taxes receivable
          515                   515  
Prepaid expenses
          3,020       7,146             10,166  
Deferred income taxes
                185             185  
Due from affiliates
          61,943             (61,943 )      
Due from parent
                             
Property and equipment, net
          11,619       29,006             40,625  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
          97,860       120,706             218,566  
Debt issuance costs, net
          9,437                   9,437  
Investment in subsidiaries
    80,474       341,742             (422,216 )      
Other
          647       1,371             2,018  
     
 
    81,237       660,997       294,170       (484,579 )     551,825  
     
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                       
Accounts payable
  $ 371     $ 9,896     $ 13,171     $     $ 23,438  
Foreign income taxes payable
                10,963             10,963  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    279       20,828       15,476             36,583  
Accrued interest payable
          3,732             (420 )     3,312  
Deferred tax liability
          3,334       1,205             4,539  
Due to parent
          81,366                   81,366  
Due to affiliate
    (81,366 )           61,943       (61,943 )     (81,366 )
Revolving credit facilities
          39,000                   39,000  
9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
          271,487                   271,487  
Other long-term debt
          550                   550  
     
 
  $ (80,716 )   $ 430,193     $ 102,758     $ (62,363 )   $ 389,872  
Shareholders’ equity
                                       
Common stock
    23                         23  
Additional paid in capital
    231,497       100,124       15,599       (104,626 )     242,594  
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
    (103,823 )     89,962       148,529       (249,588 )     (114,920 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    34,256       40,718       27,284       (68,002 )     34,256  
     
Total shareholders’ equity
    161,953       230,804       191,412       (422,216 )     161,953  
     
 
  $ 81,237     $ 660,997     $ 294,170     $ (484,579 )   $ 551,825  
     

90


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Operations
Year ended June 30, 2006
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Revenues:
                                       
Check cashing
  $     $ 48,186     $ 94,284     $     $ 142,470  
Consumer lending:
                                     
Fees from consumer lending
          60,487       102,101             162,588  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment
                                     
to servicing income
          (14,372 )     (15,995 )           (30,367 )
     
Consumer lending, net
          46,115       86,106             132,221  
Money transfer fees
          4,624       12,581             17,205  
Franchise fees and royalties
          5,655       5,302             10,957  
Other
          7,620       18,048             25,668  
     
Total revenues
          112,200       216,321             328,521  
 
                                       
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
          51,232       55,591             106,823  
Occupancy
          14,132       13,782             27,914  
Depreciation
          3,292       4,542             7,834  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
          5,030       6,853             11,883  
Telephone and communications
          3,426       2,374             5,800  
Advertising
          3,294       4,903             8,197  
Bank charges
          1,896       2,784             4,680  
Armored carrier expenses
          1,575       2,589             4,164  
Other
          15,850       18,450             34,300  
     
Total store and regional expenses
          99,727       111,868             211,595  
     
Store and regional margin
          12,473       104,453             116,926  
     
 
                                       
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Corporate expenses
          19,872       21,912             41,784  
Management fee
          (10,782 )     10,782              
Other depreciation and amortization
          1,614       2,041             3,655  
Interest expense, net
          27,835       1,867             29,702  
Reserve for litigation settlement
          5,800                   5,800  
Other
          1,438       68             1506  
Equity in subsidiary
    (6,965 )                 6,965        
     
(Loss) income before income taxes
    6,965       (33,304 )     67,783       (6,965 )     34,479  
Income tax (benefit) provision
          1,847       25,667             27,514  
     
Net (loss) income
  $ 6,965     $ (35,151 )   $ 42,116     $ (6,965 )   $ 6,965  
     

91


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
Year ended June 30, 2006
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ 6,965     $ (35,151 )   $ 42,116     $ (6,965 )   $ 6,965  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
                                       
Undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (6,965 )                 6,965        
Depreciation and amortization
          6,638       6,593             13,231  
Establishment of reserve for legal matter
          5,800                   5,800  
Non-cash stock compensation
    135                         135  
Losses on store closings and sales
          931       54             985  
Deferred tax provision
          1,577       428             2,005  
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                                       
(Increase) decrease in loans and other receivables
    (17 )     1,085       (17,013 )     420       (15,525 )
Decrease in income taxes receivable
          (6,980 )           7,753       773  
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other
          (193 )     (778 )           (971 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, income taxes payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and accrued interest payable
    366       8,852       7,995       (8,173 )     9,040  
     
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    484       (17,441 )     39,395             22,438  
 
                                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (7,938 )     (15,539 )           (23,477 )
Additions to property and equipment
          (5,597 )     (10,341 )           (15,938 )
Net decrease in due from affiliates
          24,727             (24,727 )      
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          11,192       (25,880 )     (24,727 )     (39,415 )
 
                                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from secondary public stock offering of common stock, net
    80,750                         80,750  
Increase in restricted cash
          (80,750 )                 (80,750 )
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    1,363                         1,363  
Other debt payments
          550                   550  
Net increase in revolving credit facilities
          39,000                   39,000  
Payment of secondary public stock offering costs
    (367 )                       (367 )
Payment of debt issuance costs
          (850 )                 (850 )
Net increase (decrease) in due to affiliates and due from parent
    (81,764 )     57,590       (553 )     24,727        
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (18 )     15,540       (553 )     24,727       39,696  
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
                4,998             4,998  
     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    466       9,291       17,960             27,717  
 
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    4       30,049       62,451             92,504  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 470     $ 39,340     $ 80,411     $     $ 120,221  
     

92


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Balance Sheets
June 30, 2005
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc.   Subsidiary        
    Financial   and Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
    (In thousands)
     
ASSETS
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 4     $ 30,049     $ 62,451     $     $ 92,504  
Loans receivable
                                       
Loans receivable
          5,076       35,150             40,226  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
          (470 )     (2,277 )           (2,747 )
     
Loans receivable, net
          4,606       32,873             37,479  
Other consumer lending receivables
          9,163                   9,163  
Other receivables
    276       1,370       2,969       (216 )     4,399  
Income taxes receivable
          1,053                   1,053  
Prepaid expenses
          2,948       3,910             6,858  
Deferred tax asset
                71             71  
Due from affiliates
          53,893             (53,893 )      
Due from parent
          2,398             (2,398 )      
Property and equipment, net
          12,456       23,155             35,611  
Goodwill and other intangibles, net
          87,535       98,655             186,190  
Debt issuance costs, net
          10,558                   10,558  
Investment in subsidiaries
    59,759       317,853       9,660       (387,272 )      
Other
          527       3,443             3,970  
     
 
  $ 60,039     $ 534,409     $ 237,187     $ (443,779 )   $ 387,856  
     
 
                                       
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                       
Accounts payable
  $     $ 7,298     $ 11,958     $     $ 19,256  
Foreign income taxes payable
                4,648             4,648  
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5       14,833       12,071             26,909  
Accrued interest payable
          3,291       216       (216 )     3,291  
Deferred tax liability
          1,757       595             2,352  
Due to affiliate
    398             55,893       (56,291 )      
9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
          271,764                   271,764  
     
 
    403       298,943       85,381       (56,507 )     328,220  
Shareholders’ equity
                                       
Common stock
    18                         18  
Additional paid in capital
    149,900       104,926       30,259       (124,088 )     160,997  
(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings
    (110,788 )     105,740       106,410       (223,247 )     (121,885 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    20,506       24,800       15,137       (39,937 )     20,506  
     
Total shareholders’ equity
    59,636       235,466       151,806       (387,272 )     59,636  
     
 
  $ 60,039     $ 534,409     $ 237,187     $ (443,779 )   $ 387,856  
     

93


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Operations
Year ended June 30, 2005
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Revenues:
                                       
Check cashing
  $     $ 46,596     $ 82,152     $     $ 128,748  
Consumer lending:
                                       
Fees from consumer lending
          78,495       74,509             153,004  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
          (17,827 )     (11,598 )           (29,425 )
     
Consumer lending, net
          60,668       62,911             123,579  
Money transfer fees
          4,239       10,532             14,771  
Franchise fees and royalties
          2,982       4,167             7,149  
Other
          3,643       13,676             17,319  
     
Total revenues
          118,128       173,438             291,566  
 
                                       
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
          46,138       45,844             91,982  
Occupancy
          11,493       11,406             22,899  
Depreciation
          3,609       3,617             7,226  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
          4,612       5,959             10,571  
Telephone and communications
          3,750       2,248             5,998  
Advertising
          3,793       4,668             8,461  
Bank charges
          1,939       2,022             3,961  
Armored carrier expenses
          1,499       2,161             3,660  
Other
          14,669       15,051             29,720  
     
Total store and regional expenses
          91,502       92,976             184,478  
     
Store and regional margin
          26,626       80,462             107,088  
     
 
                                       
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Corporate expenses
          19,774       18,502             38,276  
Management fee
    637       (1,767 )     1,767             637  
Other depreciation and amortization
          2,130       1,646             3,776  
Interest expense, net
    7,641       22,585       3,652             33,878  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    8,097                         8,097  
Termination of management services agreement
    2,500                         2,500  
Other
    141       (60 )     214             295  
Equity in subsidiary
    (18,659 )                 18,659        
     
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (357 )     (16,036 )     54,681       (18,659 )     19,629  
Income tax (benefit) provision
          (52 )     20,038             19,986  
     
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ (15,984 )   $ 34,643     $ (18,659 )   $ (357 )
     

94


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
Year ended June 30, 2005
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (357 )   $ (15,984 )   $ 34,643     $ (18,659 )   $ (357 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
                                       
Undistributed income of subsidiaries
    (18,659 )                 18,659        
Depreciation and amortization
    19       7,239       5,265             12,523  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    5,114                         5,114  
Losses on store closings and sales
          (155 )     221             66  
Foreign currency loss on revaluation subordinated notes payable
          180                   180  
Deferred tax provision
          1,757       595             2,352  
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                                       
(Increase) decrease in loans and other receivables
    (3,662 )     2,776       (6,263 )     (68 )     (7,217 )
Decrease in income taxes receivable
          39,061       6,117       (40,106 )     5,072  
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other
    9       (1,478 )     (2,561 )           (4,030 )
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, income taxes payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and accrued interest payable
    3,902       (36,161 )     627       40,174       8,542  
     
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (13,634 )     (2,765 )     38,644             22,245  
 
                                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
          (25,881 )     (4,069 )           (29,950 )
Additions to property and equipment
          (6,384 )     (8,473 )           (14,857 )
Net decrease in due from affiliates
          65,890             (65,890 )      
     
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
          33,625       (12,542 )     (65,890 )     (44,807 )
 
                                       
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from initial public stock offering
    109,786                         109,786  
Proceeds from the exercise of stock options
    64                         64  
Redemption of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012
    (50,416 )                       (50,416 )
Redemption of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    (44,661 )                       (44,661 )
Other debt payments
          (93 )     (13 )           (106 )
Issuance of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
          30,750                   30,750  
Payment of initial public stock offering costs
    (1,462 )                       (1,462 )
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (3 )     (727 )                 (730 )
Net decrease in due to affiliates and due from parent
    (3,284 )     (54,255 )     (8,351 )     65,890        
Dividend paid to parent
    3,610       (3,610 )                  
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    13,634       (27,935 )     (8,364 )     65,890       43,225  
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
                2,571             2,571  
     
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
          2,925       20,309             23,234  
 
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    4       27,124       42,142             69,270  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 4     $ 30,049     $ 62,451     $     $ 92,504  
     

95


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Operations
Year ended June 30, 2004
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Revenues:
                                       
Check cashing
  $     $ 47,717     $ 69,680     $     $ 117,397  
Consumer lending:
                                       
Fees from consumer lending
          71,577       50,884             122,461  
Provision for loan losses and adjustment to servicing income
          (17,505 )     (6,984 )           (24,489 )
     
Consumer lending, net
          54,072       43,900             97,972  
Money transfer fees
          4,525       8,507             13,032  
Franchise fees and royalties
                3,255             3,255  
Other
          3,546       10,905             14,451  
     
Total revenues
          109,860       136,247             246,107  
 
                                       
Store and regional expenses:
                                       
Salaries and benefits
          42,764       37,527             80,291  
Occupancy
          11,014       8,814             19,828  
Depreciation
          3,500       3,088             6,588  
Returned checks, net and cash shortages
          4,271       4,869             9,140  
Telephone and communications
          3,793       2,017             5,810  
Advertising
          3,786       3,203             6,989  
Bank charges
          2,140       1,608             3,748  
Armored carrier expenses
          1,381       1,670             3,051  
Other
          12,901       12,427             25,328  
     
Total store and regional expenses
          85,550       75,223             160,773  
     
Store and regional margin
          24,310       61,024             85,334  
     
 
                                       
Corporate and other expenses:
                                       
Corporate expenses
          15,140       12,299             27,439  
Management fee
    1,003       (709 )     709             1,003  
Other depreciation and amortization
          1,720       1,524             3,244  
Interest expense, net
    14,820       18,428       6,875             40,123  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    2,869       7,209       277             10,355  
Other
          325       36             361  
Equity in subsidiary
    (4,912 )                 4,912        
     
(Loss) income before income taxes
    (13,780 )     (17,803 )     39,304       (4,912 )     2,809  
Income tax provision
    14,253       3,535       13,054             30,842  
     
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,033 )   $ (21,338 )   $ 26,250     $ (4,912 )   $ (28,033 )
     

96


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
18. Consolidating Financial Statements (continued)
Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows
Year ended June 30, 2004
(In thousands)
                                         
            Dollar Financial            
    Dollar   Group, Inc. and   Subsidiary        
    Financial   Subsidiary   Non-        
    Corp.   Guarantors   Guarantors   Eliminations   Consolidated
     
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (28,033 )   $ (21,338 )   $ 26,250     $ (4,912 )   $ (28,033 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
                                       
Undistributed income of subsidiary
    (4,912 )                 4,912        
Accretion of interest expense from 13.0% Senior Discount Notes
    5,827                         5,827  
Depreciation and amortization
    143       6,774       4,796             11,713  
Loss on extinguishment of debt
    2,869       7,209       277             10,355  
Losses on store closings and sales
          150       37             187  
Foreign currency gain on revaluation of subordinated notes payable
                (838 )           (838 )
Deferred tax provision (benefit)
    16,448       (838 )                 15,610  
Change in assets and liabilities (net of effect of acquisitions):
                                       
Increase in loans and other receivables
    (257 )     (965 )     (7,982 )     (40 )     (9,244 )
Increase in income taxes receivable
    (1,385 )     (18,486 )     (5,836 )     22,521       (3,186 )
(Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses and other
          352       (1,112 )           (760 )
Increase in accounts payable, income taxes payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities and accrued interest payable
    8,523       22,528       9,394       (22,481 )     17,964  
     
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
    (777 )     (4,614 )     24,986             19,595  
 
                                       
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
                (550 )           (550 )
Gross proceeds from sale of fixed assets
                81             81  
Additions to property and equipment
          (1,971 )     (6,179 )           (8,150 )
Net decrease in due from affiliates
          (31,416 )           31,416        
     
 
Net cash used in investing activities
          (33,387 )     (6,648 )     31,416       (8,619 )
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Redemption of 16.0% Senior Notes due 2012
    (10,283 )                       (10,283 )
Redemption of 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
    (9,060 )                       (9,060 )
Redemption of 10.875% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2006
          (20,734 )                 (20,734 )
Redemption of 13.0% Senior Discount Notes due 2006
    (22,962 )                       (22,962 )
Redemption of collateralized borrowings
                (8,277 )           (8,277 )
Other debt borrowings (payments)
          93       (165 )           (72 )
Issuance of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011
          241,176                   241,176  
Redemption of 10.875% Senior Notes due 2006
          (111,170 )                 (111,170 )
Net decrease in revolving credit facilities
          (60,764 )     (935 )           (61,699 )
Payment of initial public stock offering costs
    (1,392 )                       (1,392 )
Payment of debt issuance costs
    (289 )     (10,929 )                 (11,218 )
Net increase (decrease) in due to affiliates and due from parent
    4,064       33,958       (6,606 )     (31,416 )      
Dividend paid to parent
    40,699       (40,699 )                  
     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    777       30,931       (15,983 )     (31,416 )     (15,691 )
 
                                       
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
                2,176             2,176  
     
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
          (7,070 )     4,531             (2,539 )
 
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    4       34,194       37,611             71,809  
     
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  $ 4     $ 27,124     $ 42,142     $     $ 69,270  
     

97


Table of Contents

DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
19. Subsequent Event
On July 21, 2006, the Company used the $80.8 million net proceeds from the secondary offering of common stock to redeem $70 million principal amount of its outstanding 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011, pay $6.8 million in redemption premium, pay $1.3 million in accrued interest and using the remaining $2.1 million for working capital and general corporate purposes.
20. Unaudited Quarterly Operating Results
Summarized quarterly financial data for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
                                         
    Three months ended           Year Ended
    September 30   December 31   March 31   June 30   June 30,
    (Unaudited)
    (In thousands except per share data)
Fiscal 2006:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 74,465     $ 80,667     $ 86,459     $ 86,930     $ 328,521  
Income before income taxes
  $ 6,837     $ 9,133     $ 7,516     $ 10,993     $ 34,479  
Net income (loss)
  $ 2,299     $ 3,018     $ (291 )   $ 1,939     $ 6,965  
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.13     $ 0.17     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.10     $ 0.38  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.12     $ 0.16     $ (0.02 )   $ 0.10     $ 0.37  
 
                                       
Fiscal 2005:
                                       
Revenues
  $ 66,157     $ 72,386     $ 76,449     $ 76,574     $ 291,566  
Income before income taxes
  $ 3,263     $ 6,387     $ 958     $ 9,021     $ 19,629  
Net (loss) income
  $ (91 )   $ 1,133     $ (4,479 )   $ 3,080     $ (357 )
Basic (loss) earnings per share
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.10     $ (0.28 )   $ 0.17     $ (0.03 )
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
  $ (0.01 )   $ 0.10     $ (0.28 )   $ 0.17     $ (0.03 )

98


Table of Contents

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     None.
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
     As of the end of the period covered by this report, our management conducted an evaluation, with the participation of our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)). Based on this evaluation, our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief executive officer, president and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
     There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our fiscal year ended June 30, 2006, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
     None.

99


Table of Contents

PART III
Item 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
Directors and Officers
     The information required by this Item 10 with respect to directors, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee financial experts and Section 16(a) compliance will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement for the 2006 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”)
     The information regarding our executive officers required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part I Item 1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”
     We have adopted a code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, as well as other senior officers. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at http://www.dfg.com/ethics.asp. Amendments to this Code and any grant of a waiver from a provision of the Code requiring disclosure under applicable SEC rules will be disclosed on the Company’s website.
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
     The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.

100


Table of Contents

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
The information regarding shares authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans approved by stockholders and not approved by stockholders required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II, Item 7 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K titled “Employee Equity Incentive Plans.”
The information regarding our equity incentive plans required by this Item is incorporated by reference herein to the section in Part II, Item 7 titled “Employee Equity Incentive Plans,” and Part II, Item 8 “Note 3: Stock Option Plan” in of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this Item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement, to be filed within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated by reference to our Proxy Statement.

101


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)   Documents Filed as Part of this Report.
     (1) Financial Statements. All financial statements required to be filed by Item 8 of Form 10-K and included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in Item 8 hereof. No additional financial statements are filed herein or are attached as exhibits hereto.
     (2) Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted here because they are not applicable, not required or the information is shown in the financial statements or related notes.
     (3) Exhibits.
         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  2.1    
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 7, 2005 by and among We the People Forms and Service Centers USA, Inc., Ira Distenfield and Linda Distenfield, and WTP Acquisition Corp., and solely for the purposes of Section 13.3, Dollar Financial Group as Guarantor(11)
       
 
  3.1 (a)  
Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
       
 
  3.1 (b)  
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(1)
       
 
  3.2    
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(6)
       
 
  3.3 (a)  
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dollar Financial Corp.(6)
       
 
  3.3 (b)  
Certificate of Change of Dollar Financial Corp, Inc., filed 7/28/05(17)
       
 
  3.4    
Bylaws of Dollar Financial Corp.(6)
       
 

102


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  4.1 (a)  
Indenture, dated as of November 13, 2003, among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein), and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee (6)
       
 
  4.1 (b)  
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 21, 2004 between DFG Canada, Inc., a direct subsidiary of Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the indenture(17)
       
 
  4.1 (c)  
Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 22, 2005, between WTP Acquisition Corp., a direct subsidiary of Dollar Financial Group, Inc., and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee under the indenture(17)
       
 
  4.2    
Form of 9.75% Senior Notes due 2011 with Guarantees endorsed thereon (included in Exhibit 4.1)
       
 
  4.3    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 6, 2004, by and among the Company, the Guarantors (as defined therein), and the Initial Purchaser (as defined therein)(18)
       
 
  10.1    
Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan(2)

103


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  10.2    
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., and Dollar Financial Corp., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Sole Lead Arranger and Administrative Agent, U.S. Bank National Association, as Syndication Agent, Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company, as Documentation Agent and The Lenders from time to time party hereto, dated as of July 8, 2005(15)
       
 
  10.3    
Form of Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, by and between the Guarantor (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for itself and the lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement(6)
       
 
  10.4    
Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for itself and the lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement(6)
       
 
  10.5    
Form of Guarantor Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003 by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and the Creditor (as defined therein)(6)
       
 
  10.6    
Form of Foreign Subsidiary Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003 by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and the Creditor (as defined therein)(6)
       
 
  10.7    
Foreign Subsidiary Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003 by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and National Money Mart Company(6)
       
 
  10.8    
Foreign Subsidiary Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003 by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, and Dollar Financial UK Limited(6)
       
 
  10.9    
Supplemental Security Agreement (Trademarks), dated November 13, 2003 by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for itself and the lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement(6)
       
 
  10.10    
Supplemental Security Agreement (Copyrights), dated November 13, 2003 by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for itself and the lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement(6)
       
 
  10.11    
Supplemental Security Agreement (Patents), dated November 13, 2003 by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent for itself and the lenders under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement(6)
       
 
  10.18 (b)  
First Amendment to Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2004, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee for the holders of the Notes (as defined therein) under the Indenture (as defined therein)(8)
       
 
  10.18 (c)  
Reaffirmation of Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2005, by and between Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, a national banking association, as administrative agent for the Lenders under the Credit Facility Documents, and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association, as trustee for the holders of the Notes under the Noteholder Documents(17)

104


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  10.24    
Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2003, by and among Green Equity Investors II, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P. Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, C.L. Jeffrey, Sheila Jeffrey, certain stockholders signatories thereto and Dollar Financial Corp.(6)
       
 
  10.24    
Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 11, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors 11, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P. and Jeffrey Weiss(7)
       
 
  10.25    
Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of April 14, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors 11, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P. and Jeffrey Weiss(8)
       
 
  10.26    
Amendment No. 3 to Second Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2004, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., Green Equity Investors II, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., and Jeffrey Weiss(8)
       
 
  10.27    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2003, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Jeffrey Weiss(8)
       
 
  10.28    
Employment Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2003, by and among Dollar Financial Group, Inc., Dollar Financial Corp. and Donald Gayhardt(8)
       
 
  10.31    
Employment Letter, dated June 30, 2004, by and between Dollar Financial Corp. and Randall Underwood(18)
       
 
  10.32    
Secured Note, dated December 18, 1998, made by Jeffrey Weiss in favor of Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(3)
       
 
  10.33    
Pledge Agreement, dated December 18, 1998, between Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and Jeffrey Weiss(3)
       
 
  10.34 (a)  
Amended and Restated Nonexclusive Servicing and Indemnification Agreement, dated June 14, 2002, between County Bank and Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(5)
       
 
  10.34 (b)  
Termination of Amended and Restated Nonexclusive Servicing and Indemnification Agreement Dated June 14, 2002, dated June 15, 2005(17)
       
 
  10.35 (a)  
Marketing and Servicing Agreement, dated October 18, 2002, between First Bank of Delaware and Dollar Financial Group, Inc.(4)

105


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  10.35 (b)  
Amendment of Marketing and Servicing Agreement, dated June 14, 2005(17)
       
 
  10.36    
Acknowledgment, dated as of November 13, 2003, to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Corp. GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. and Ares Leveraged Investment Fund 11, LT with respect to Dollar Financial Corp.’s 16% Senior Notes due 2012(6)
       
 
  10.37    
Acknowledgment, dated as of November 13, 2003, to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Corp. GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. and Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, LT with respect to Dollar Financial Corp.’s 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012(6)
       
 
  10.38    
Amendment, dated as of November 13, 2003, to the Exchange Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Corp. GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P. Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. and Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., with respect to Dollar Financial Corp.’s 16% Senior Notes due 2012(6)
       
 
  10.39    
Amendment, dated as of November 13, 2003, to the Exchange Agreement by and among Dollar Financial Corp. GS Mezzanine Partners, L.P., GS Mezzanine Partners Offshore, L.P., Stone Street Fund 1998, L.P., Bridge Street Fund 1998, L.P., Ares Leveraged Investment Fund, L.P. and Ares Leveraged Investment Fund II, L.P., with respect to Dollar Financial Corp.’s 13.95% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012(6)
       
 
  10.40    
Form of Director Indemnification Agreement(8)
       
 
  10.41    
Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 23, 2005, for $30,000,000 Dollar Financial Group, Inc. 9.75% Senior Notes Due 2011(13)
       
 
  10.42    
Letter Agreement with Donald Gayhardt for the Acceleration of Options, dated June 30, 2005(14)
       
 
  10.43    
Letter Agreement with Jeff Weiss for the Acceleration of Options, dated June 30, 2005(14)
       
 
  10.44    
Employment Agreement, dated as of March 7, 2005, by and among Dollar Financial Corp., WTP Acquisition Corp. and Ira Distenfield(17).
       
 
  10.45    
Form of Guaranty(17)
       
 
  10.46    
Master Reaffirmation Agreement, dated as of July 8, 2005, by and among each of the undersigned Existing Guarantors and Existing Foreign Subsidiaries, Dollar Financial Group, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent to the Lenders from time to time party to the Credit Agreement(12).
       
 
  10.47    
Service Agreement dated April 4, 2005, by and between Dollar Financial UK Ltd. and Paul Mildenstein(20).
       
 
  10.48    
Dollar Financial Corp. amended and restated Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of December 31, 2004(19)
       
 
  10.49    
Employment agreement dated September 11, 2006, by and between Dollar Financial Group, Inc. and Roy Hibbard
       
 
  12.1    
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges(17)
       
 
  21.1    
Subsidiaries of the Registrant(17)
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP(20)
       
 
  31.1    
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a – 14(a) or Section 240.15d – 14(a). (20)
       
 
  31.2    
Certification of President Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a – 14(a) or Section 240.15d – 14(a). (20)
       
 
  31.3    
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Section 240.13a – 14(a) or Section 240.15d – 14(a). (20)
       
 
  32.1    
Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (20)
       
 
  32.2    
Certification of President Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (20)
       
 
  32.3    
Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (20)
       
 
  (1 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on December 19, 1996 (File No. 333-18221).
       
 
  (2 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on September 29, 1997 (File No. 333-18221).
       
 
  (3 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on February 16, 1999 (File No. 333-18221).
       
 
  (4 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by Dollar Financial Group,

106


Table of Contents

         
(a)(3) Exhibits    
Exhibit No.   Description of Document
  (5 )  
Inc. on October 1, 2002 (File No. 333-18221). Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on February 14, 2003 (File No. 333-18221).
       
 
  (6 )  
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Group, Inc. on January 14, 2004 (File No. 333-111473).
       
 
       
 
  (7 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on April 23, 2004 (File No. 333-111473-02).
       
 
  (8 )  
Incorporated by reference to Amendment No. 6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 26, 2004 (File No. 333-113570).
       
 
  (9 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 9, 2005 (File No. 333-18221).
       
 
  (10 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on February 11, 2005 (File No. 000-50866).
       
 
  (11 )  
Incorporated by reference to the First Amendment on Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on March 11, 2005 (File No. 000-50866).
       
 
  (12 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on March 15, 2005 (File No. 333-123320).
       
 
  (13 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on June 24, 2005 (File No. 000-50866).
       
 
  (14 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 7, 2005 (File No. 000-50866).
       
 
  (15 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 14, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
       
 
  (16 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on July 26, 2005 (File No. 000-50866)
       
 
  (17 )  
Incorporated by reference to the Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on August 11, 2005 (File No. 333-126951-17)
       
 
  (18 )  
Previously filed.
       
 
  (19 )  
Incorporated by Reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Dollar Financial Corp. on November 17, 2005.
       
 
  (20 )  
Filed herewith.

107


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant named below has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Berwyn, Commonwealth of Pennsylvania on September 13, 2006.
         
    DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
 
       
 
  By:   /s/ DONALD GAYHARDT
 
       
 
      Donald Gayhardt
 
      President
DOLLAR FINANCIAL CORP.
                 
Signature       Title       Date
 
/s/ JEFFREY A. WEISS
     
Chairman of the Board of Directors
    September 13, 2006
                 
Jeffrey A. Weiss
     
and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)
       
 
               
/s/ DONALD GAYHARDT
      President and Director       September 13, 2006
                 
Donald Gayhardt
               
 
               
/s/ RANDY UNDERWOOD
      Executive Vice President and Chief       September 13, 2006
                 
Randy Underwood
     
Financial Officer (principal financial
       
 
     
and accounting officer)
       
 
               
/s/ JONATHAN SOKOLOFF
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
Jonathan Sokoloff
               
 
               
/s/ JONATHAN SEIFFER
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
Jonathan Seiffer
               
 
               
 
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
Michael Solomon
               
 
               
/s/ DAVID JESSICK
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
David Jessick
               
 
               
/s/ DAVID GOLUB
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
David Golub
               
 
               
 
      Director       September 13, 2006
                 
Luke Johnson
               
     The registrant has not sent (1) any annual report to security holders covering the registrant’s last fiscal year or (2) any proxy statement, form of proxy or other proxy soliciting material to more than 10 of the registrant’s security holders with respect to any annual or other meeting of security holders.

108

EX-10.47 2 w24941exv10w47.htm SERVICE AGREEMENT DATED APRIL 4, 2005 exv10w47
 

Exhibit 10.47
PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL
DATED APRIL 4, 2005
     (1) DOLLAR FINANCIAL UK LIMITED
     (2) PAUL MILDENSTEIN
SERVICE AGREEMENT
Freeth Cartwright LLP
Cumberland Court
80 Mount Street
Nottingham
NG1 6HH
DX: 10039 NOTTINGHAM
Telephone: 0115 936 9369
Fax: 0115 859 9617

 


 

CONTENTS
         
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
    3  
2. APPOINTMENT, TERM AND NOTICE
    5  
3. DUTIES
    6  
4. PLACE OF WORK
    7  
5. HOURS OF WORK
    7  
6. SALARY
    7  
7. BONUS AND EQUITY
    8  
8. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFITS
    8  
9. EXPENSES
    9  
10. MOTOR CAR
    9  
11. HOLIDAYS
    9  
12. ABSENCE FROM WORK
    10  
13. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT
    11  
14. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
    13  
15. SALE OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPANY
    14  
16. RESTRICTIONS ON THE EXECUTIVE AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
    14  
17. REDUCTION OF LENGTH OF POST TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS
    18  
18. COMPANY PROPERTY
    18  
19. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
    18  
20. DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES AND SUSPENSION
    19  
21. DEDUCTIONS
    19  
22. DATA PROTECTION
    19  
23. NOTICES
    20  
24. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999
    20  
25. WARRANTY
    20  
26. COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS
    20  
27. LAW AND JURISDICTION
    21  

 


 

THIS SERVICE AGREEMENT is made on April 4, 2005
BETWEEN
     
(1) the Company
  Dollar Financial UK Ltd
 
   
 
  Castlebridge Office Village, Kirtley Drive, Castle
 
   
 
  Marina, Nottingham, NG7 2LD.
 
   
(2) the Executive
  Paul Mildenstein
 
   
 
  2 Redhouse Farm Barn, Beausale, Warwickshire CV35 7NZ. and includes the Particulars of Terms of Employment required by the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended).
OPERATIVE PROVISIONS:
1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
  1.1.   In this Agreement the following words and expressions have the following meanings:
     
Confidential Information
  shall include, but not be limited to, the following (whether recorded in writing, on computer disk or in any other manner) trade secrets; customer data, including but not limited to, any such information disclosing the names and addresses of customers and suppliers of the Company and/or any Group Company, the person at such contact or supplier to contact, the requirements of such customer or supplier, discounts offered by the Company and/or any Group Company; investment and pricing policies; product performance data; marketing information; technical designs or specifications of the

 


 

     
 
  Company’s products; business plans or dealings relating to the current or future activities of the Company and/or any Group Company, including the timing of all or any such matters; know-how; computer passwords; product lines; research activities and results; internal management accounts, any document marked “confidential” or any information which the Executive has been told is confidential or which the Executive might reasonably expect the Company and/or any Group Company would regard as confidential or which by its very nature is confidential to the Company, or any information which has been given to the Company and/or any Group Company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons, and whether or not recorded in documentary form, computer disk or tape, which the Executive shall acquire at any time during the Executive’s employment but which does not form part of the Executive’s own stock in trade provided that it shall not include any information or knowledge which is already in the public domain or may subsequently come into the public domain after the Termination Date other than by way of unauthorised disclosure by the Executive;
 
   
Group
  the Company and any Group Company;
 
   
Group Company
  means:
 
   
 
  1. a holding company of the Company as defined by s736 of the Companies Act

 


 

     
 
  1985;
 
   
 
  2. a subsidiary as defined by s736 of the Companies Act 1985 of the Company, or of its holding company;
 
   
 
  3. a company over which the Company has control within the meaning of s840 of the Income and Corporation
    Taxes Act 1988; or
 
   
 
  4. a subsidiary undertaking of the Company as defined by s258 of the Companies Act 1985.
 
   
Material Interest
  the holding of any position as director, officer, employee, consultant, partner, principal or agent;
 
   
Termination Date
  the date on which the Executive’s employment under this Agreement terminates and references to “from the Termination Date” mean from and including the date of termination.
  1.2.   Unless the context otherwise requires words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and reference to any gender shall include all other genders.
 
  1.3.   References to the word “include” or “including” are to be construed without limitation.
 
  1.4.   References in this Agreement to statutory provisions include all modifications and re-enactments of them and all subordinate legislation under them.
 
  1.5.   Headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect its construction.
2. APPOINTMENT, TERM AND NOTICE
  2.1.   The Company will employ the Executive and the Executive will serve the Company as its Managing Director.

 


 

  2.2.   The Executive’s appointment shall commence on July 1, 2005 or sooner and shall continue (subject to earlier termination as provided in this Agreement) by either party giving to the other six calendar months’ written notice.
 
  2.3.   The Executive agrees that at its absolute discretion the Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect by paying the Executive in lieu of his notice period or in lieu of the remainder of his notice period if at the Company’s request the Executive has worked during part of the notice period. For this purpose, the Executive agrees that the payment in lieu of notice will be his basic monthly salary and the value of contractual benefits and allowances for his notice period, after deducting Income Tax and National Insurance contributions, and specifically excluding from such calculation any, fee, bonus or commission referable to his employment whether payable under this Agreement or otherwise in respect of that period.
 
  2.4.   The Executive’s continuous employment with the Company for the purposes of the Employment Rights Act 1996 (as amended) will commence on of before July 1, 2005. No employment with a previous employer counts as part of the Executive’s period of continuous employment.
3. DUTIES
  3.1.   The Executive will carry out the duties and functions, exercise the powers and comply with the instructions assigned or given to the Executive from time to time by Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or Don Gayhardt, President. Except when prevented by illness, accident or holiday the Executive will devote his time, attention and skill to the affairs of the Company and/or any Group Company and where appropriate do his best to promote its interests provided that the Company may at any time for any reason require the Executive to cease performing and exercising all or any of the Executive’s duties, functions or powers.
 
  3.2.   The Executive will at all times keep Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or Don Gayhardt, President promptly and fully informed (in writing if so requested) of the conduct of the business or affairs of the Company and/or any

 


 

      Group Company and provide such explanations and assistance as Jeff Weiss, Chief Executive Officer or Don Gayhardt, President may require in connection with such business or affairs and the Executive’s employment under this Agreement.
 
  3.3.   The Executive will not without the prior consent of Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive or Don Gayhardt, President accept or take up any other employment nor will he accept any form of paid or unpaid consultative or other work whilst employed by the Company (or any Group Company). Existing commitments need to be disclosed prior to the signing of this agreement to be included and consent for future commitments will be at the discretion of Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive.
4. PLACE OF WORK
  4.1.   The Executive will perform the Executive’s duties at Castlebridge Office Village, Kirtley Drive, Castle Marina, Nottingham, NG7 2LD or such other place of business of the Company inside or outside of the United Kingdom as the Company may require.
 
  4.2.   In the performance of the Executive’s duties, the Executive may be required to travel both throughout and outside the United Kingdom.
5. HOURS OF WORK
  5.1.   The Company’s normal office hours are from 9:00 am to 5:30 pm Monday to Friday but the Executive will work such hours as are needed for the proper performance of his duties including hours outside the Company’s normal office hours without additional remuneration in order to meet the requirements of the business.
6. SALARY
  6.1.   The Executive’s basic annual salary is £150,000 which will accrue from day to day and be payable monthly in arrears by BACS on the last business day of each month or the nearest working day before that.

 


 

  6.2.   The Executive’s salary will be subject to review annually by the Company in its absolute discretion.
7. BONUS AND EQUITY
  7.1.   The Executive may while employed by the Company be entitled to an equity incentive and to be paid a bonus of such amount and on such terms as may be agreed between the Company and the Executive and to be set out in a separate agreement between the Company and the Executive.
 
  7.2.   The Company reserves the right in its absolute discretion to vary the terms of and/or the measurement criteria of bonus payable under this Agreement.
8. PENSION AND OTHER BENEFITS
  8.1.   The Executive will be entitled to participate in the Company’s pension scheme subject to and upon the rules of the pension scheme from time to time in effect. A copy of the rules of the pension scheme can be obtained from the Company on request.
 
  8.2.   The Company will contribute in equal monthly instalments an amount equal to 5% of the Executive’s basic salary (or, if less, the maximum amount permitted by the Inland Revenue) during each year of his employment under this Agreement to the pension scheme referred to in Clause 8.1; PROVIDED THAT, as a condition of making such contribution, the Company may require the Executive to contribute 5% of his basic salary to such pension scheme.
 
  8.3.   There is no contracting out certificate in force in respect of the Executive’s employment under the provisions of the Pension Schemes Act 1993.
 
  8.4.   During the Executive’s employment the Company will provide the Executive at the Company’s expense with Death in Service Benefit at the rate of 4 times basic salary under the Company’s scheme subject to and upon the rules of the scheme from time to time in force and to the Executive being eligible to participate in or benefit from the scheme.
 
  8.5.   During the Executive’s employment the Company will provide the Executive and his immediate family at the Company’s expense with cover under the Company’s

 


 

      Private Healthcare Scheme subject to and upon the rules of the said scheme from time to time in force and to the Executive (and where appropriate the Executive’s family) being eligible to participate in or benefit from the scheme.
 
  8.6.   In respect of the benefits provided to the Executive under this Clause 8 the Company reserves the right to terminate or substitute other schemes for them or amend the scale or level of benefits.
9. EXPENSES
    The Company will reimburse to the Executive all business expenses reasonably and properly incurred in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Agreement on hotel, traveling, entertainment and other similar items provided that the Executive produces to the Company all appropriate receipts or other satisfactory evidence of expenditure.
10. MOTOR CAR
  10.1.   The Company shall provide the Executive with a car allowance in the sum of £15,000 per annum, to be paid on a monthly schedule.
11. HOLIDAYS
  11.1.   In this clause “holiday year” means the period from January 1st to December 31’s in each year.
 
  11.2.   In addition to statutory bank and public holidays the Executive will be entitled to 25 working days’ paid holiday in each holiday year.
 
  11.3.   All holidays are to be taken at such times as may be approved by Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer or Don Gayhardt, President with two weeks notice.
 
  11.4.   The Executive may not carry holiday forward to the following holiday year without express permission of Jeff Weiss or Don Gayhardt.
 
  11.5.   The Executive will not be entitled to any pay in lieu of holiday except when employment terminates and the Executive has not taken his accrued entitlement as

 


 

      at the Termination Date. On termination, the Executive’s holiday entitlement will be calculated pro-rata.
  11.6.   Where the Executive has taken more or less than his holiday entitlement in the holiday year in which the employment terminates, a proportionate adjustment will be made by way of addition to or deduction from as appropriate the Executive’s final gross salary calculated on a pro-rate basis. A day’s pay for the purposes of this Clause 11 will be 1/260 of the Executive’s annual basic salary.
12. ABSENCE FROM WORK
  12.1.   If the Executive is absent from work due to illness injury or other incapacity the Executive must notify the Company as soon as possible on the first day of absence that the Executive will be unable to attend. The Executive must then keep the Company informed on a regular basis of his progress and when he expects to return to work.
 
  12.2.   If the Executive is absent from work for between three to seven days (including weekends), the Executive is required to complete a self-certification form stating the dates and reason for absence including details of illness, injury or incapacity on non working days as this information is required by the Company to calculate Statutory Sick Pay (“SSP”) entitlement.
 
  12.3.   If the Executive is absent from work due to illness or inquiry which continues for seven or more consecutive days (including weekends) the Executive must provide the Company with a medical certificate and give or send it immediately to the Company. If absence is prolonged the Executive should continue to submit regular medical certificates, on a weekly basis, to cover the entire period of his absence and to keep the Company informed generally as to the Executive’s condition and the likely date of return to work.
 
  12.4.   “Qualifying days” for SSP purposes are Monday to Friday inclusive. The first three qualifying days are waiting days for which no SSP is payable.
 
  12.5.   Failure to comply with the above procedures may disqualify the Executive from receiving SSP.

 


 

  12.6.   The Company will be entitled, at its expense, to require the Executive to be examined by an independent medical practitioner of the Company’s choice at any time and the Executive agrees that the Doctor carrying out the examination may disclose to and discuss with the Company the results of the examination.
13. OBLIGATIONS DURING EMPLOYMENT
  13.1.   During employment by the Company the Executive shall:
  13.1.1.   abide by any relevant Company policy, rule or procedure which may be in force from time to time;
 
  13.1.2.   not without the Company’s prior written consent hold any Material Interest in any person, firm, company, business or organisation which:
  13.1.2.1.   is in direct competition with the Company or the Group in cheque cashing or pay day cash advances;
 
  13.1.2.2.   impairs or might reasonably be thought by the Company or the Group to impair the Executive’s ability to act at all times in the best interests of the Company; or
 
  13.1.2.3.   requires the Executive to disclose Confidential Information in order properly to discharge his duties to or further his interest in such person, firm, company, organisation or business;
  13.1.3.   not divulge Confidential Information or obtain or seek to obtain any direct or indirect financial advantage from the disclosure of such information provided that this obligation not to divulge Confidential Information does not apply to disclosures made with the prior consent of the Company and/or the Group or required by a Court Order;
 
  13.1.4.   not directly or indirectly receive or obtain in respect of any goods or services sold or purchased or other business transacted (whether or not by the Executive) by or on behalf of the Company and/or the Group any discount, rebate, commission or other inducement (whether in cash or in kind) which is not authorised by the Company’s or Group’s rules or guidelines from time to time and if the Executive or any

 


 

      person, firm, company, organisation or business in which the Executive holds any Material Interest shall obtain any such discount, rebate, commission or inducement the Executive shall immediately account to the Company and/or the Group for the amount the Executive or they receive;
 
  13.1.5.   not introduce to any person, firm or company any business of any kind with which the Company or any Group Company for which the Executive has performed services under this Agreement is able to deal and not have any financial interest in, or derive any financial benefit from, contracts or transactions entered into by the Company or any other Group Company for which the Executive performed services under this Agreement with any third party, without first disclosing such Interest or benefit to the Jeff Weiss or Don Gayhardt and obtaining their approval;
 
  13.1.6.   not make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the business dealings or affairs of the Company or any Group Company otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or the Group or without the prior consent of Jeff Weiss or Don Gayhardt, remove from the Company premises or copy or allow others to copy the contents of any document, disk, tape or other tangible items which contains any Confidential Information or which belongs to the Company or the Group;
 
  13.1.7.   if so requested by the Company delete all Confidential Information from any computer disks, tapes or other reusable material in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control and destroy all other documents and tangible items in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control which contain or refer to any Confidential Information;
  13.2.   The provisions of this Clause 13 are subject to the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998 and the Executive’s rights under that Act are unaffected.

 


 

14. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
  14.1.   The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment immediately by notice in writing without any entitlement to notice or payment in lieu of notice (under Clause 2.3), any compensation, damages or remuneration for subsequent periods payable by virtue of common law or any statute if the Executive:
  14.1.1.   commits, repeats or continues (after written warning) any serious breach of this Agreement;
 
  14.1.2.   is guilty of gross misconduct as defined in the Company’s disciplinary procedure)
 
  14.1.3.   commits any act of dishonesty relating to the Company or any Group Company;
 
  14.1.4.   is convicted of any criminal offence (other than an offence which does not in the opinion of the Board affect the Executive’s employment under road traffic legislation in the United Kingdom or elsewhere for which the Executive is not sentenced to any term of imprisonment, whether immediate or suspended);
 
  14.1.5.   becomes bankrupt or enters into or makes any arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of his creditor generally.
  14.2.   This Agreement shall automatically terminate on the Executive reaching age 65 (the “Retirement Date”) unless the Company and the Executive agree at any time prior to the Retirement Date that the Agreement should continue after the Retirement Date.
 
  14.3.   Where either party gives notice to terminate this Agreement under Clause 2.2 or if the Executive resigns without notice and the Company does not accept the resignation the Company may in its absolute discretion for all or part of the notice period under Clause 2.2 exclude the Executive from its premises; and/or require the Executive to resign carry out specified duties for the Company other than those referred to in Clause 3 or to carry out no duties; and/or instruct the Executive not to communicate with suppliers, customers, employees, agents or representatives of the Company or any Group Company until the employment has

 


 

      terminated. During the notice period the Executive will be entitled to be paid salary and all other contractual benefits in accordance with this Agreement.
 
  14.4.   On commencement of any period of exclusion pursuant to Clause 14.3 the Executive will deliver up to the Company in accordance with Clause 18 all property belonging to the Company or any Group Company.
15. SALE OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THE COMPANY
    The Executive will have no claim against the Company or any Group Company in respect of the termination of his employment under this Agreement in connection with the sale of the whole or a substantial part of the business or undertaking of the Company or on or in connection with the sale by the Company of any Group Company or on or by reason of the liquidation of the Company for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction (whether or not by reason of insolvency) if Executive is offered employment on no less favourable terms than those contained in this Agreement (apart from the identity of the employer) with any person, firm or company as a result of such sale or of such amalgamation or reconstruction.
16. RESTRICTIONS ON THE EXECUTIVE AFTER TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
  16.1.   Definitions
 
      In this Clause 16 the following words and expressions have the following meanings:
     
Businesses
  The business of cheque cashing and pay day cash advances
 
   
Critical Person
  any person who was an employee, director or consultant employed or engaged by the Company or any Group Company at any time within the Relevant Period and with whom the Executive had direct or indirect contact or frequent dealings with or was responsible for and who by reason of such employment or engagement and in particular his seniority and the expertise or knowledge of trade

 


 

     
 
  secrets or Confidential Information of the Company or any Group Company or knowledge of or influence over the clients, customers or suppliers of the Company or any Group Company is likely to be able to assist or benefit the business in or proposing to be in competition with the Company or any Group Company;
 
   
Relevant Customer
  any person, firm or company who or which at any time during the Relevant Period is or was negotiating with, a client of customer of, or in the habit of dealing with, the Company or any Group Company for the sale or supply of Relevant Products or Services, and with whom the Executive had personal contact or dealings on behalf of the Businesses or of which the Executive had personal knowledge during the Relevant Period in the course of the Executive’s employment under this Agreement;
 
   
Relevant Period
  the period of one year immediately before the Termination Date;
 
   
Relevant Products or
   
 
   
Services
  Cheque cashing and pay day cash advances
 
   
Restricted Territory
  Within the United Kingdom.
16.2.   Reasonableness of Restrictions
 
    The Executive acknowledges that in the ordinary course of his employment the Executive will be exposed to Confidential Information arid the Company’s and Group’s, customers, suppliers and employees for the purposes of the Businesses. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information and contact with customers, suppliers and employees may not be readily available to others engaged in a business similar to that of the Company or any Group Company or to the general public and that a disclosure of Confidential Information and or contact with customers, suppliers and/or employees as set out in Clause 16.5 will be liable to cause significant harm to the Company or any Group Company. The Executive agrees that the provisions of this Clause 16 are necessary and

 


 

    reasonable to protect the legitimate interests of the Company and the Group and its/their customers.
 
16.3.   Confidential Information
 
    After the termination of employment for whatever reason the Executive will not at any time and in any manner use or divulge or communicate to any person, firm, company or other organisation any Confidential Information except if such disclosure is with the prior written consent of the Company or required by a Court Order.
 
16.4.   Non Competition
  16.4.1.   The Executive agrees that he will not, without the prior consent of the Company, directly or indirectly and whether alone or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person and whether as principal, shareholder, director, executive, employee, agent, consultant, independent contractor, partner or otherwise for a period of 12 months from the Termination Date:
  16.4.1.1.   be engaged, concerned or interested in, or provide technical, commercial, or professional advice to, any other business which supplies cheque cashing and pay day cash advances in competition with the Company or any Group Company in the UK
  16.5.   Non-Solicitation/Dealing/Poaching/Interference
  16.5.1.   The Executive agrees that he will not, without the prior consent of the Company, directly or indirectly and whether alone or in conjunction with or on behalf of any other person and whether as principal, shareholder, director, executive, employee, agent, consultant, independent contractor, partner or otherwise:
  16.5.1.1.   for a period of 12 months from the Termination Date so as to compete with the Businesses, canvass, solicit or approach or cause to be canvassed, solicited or approached any Relevant Customer for the sale or supply of Relevant Products or Services or endeavour to do so;

 


 

  16.5.1.2.   for a period of 12 months from the Termination Date in connection with any business in or proposing to be in competition with the Company, solicit, induce or entice away from the Company, employ. seek to employ, engage or appoint or in any way cause to be employed, engaged or appointed a Critical Person, whether or not such a person would commit any breach of his/his contract of employment or engagement by leaving the service of the Company;
 
  16.5.1.3.   for a period of 12 months from the Termination Date interfere with the continuance of supplies to the Company from any suppliers who have been supplying materials or services to the Company at any time during the Relevant Period and with whom the Executive has had personal contact.
  16.6.   Notwithstanding Clause 16.7 each covenant contained in Clauses 16 shall be construed as a separate covenant and, if one or more of the covenants is held to be against the public interest or unlawful or in any way an unreasonable restraint of trade, the remaining covenants shall continue to bind the Executive.
 
  16.7.   Whilst the covenants in Clause 16 are considered by the parties to be reasonable in all the circumstances as at the date of this Agreement the Company may by notice in writing at any time to the Executive reduce in whole or in part the extent or duration of the restrictions in them in such manner and to such extent as the Company in its absolute discretion determines and the Executive then agrees to be bound by such additional covenants in the form reduced and the validity of any other covenant and provision contained in this Agreement shall not be affected.
 
  16.8.   If the Executive applies for or is offered new employment, or a new engagement, before entering into any related contract the Executive will bring the terms of this Agreement to the attention of the third party proposing, directly or indirectly, to appoint or engage the Executive.

 


 

  16.9.   Clause 16 of this Agreement shall apply as though references to “Group Company” were substituted for existing references to the “Company.” The Executive’s obligations pursuant to such clause will with respect to each Group Company, constitute a separate and distinct covenant and the invalidity or enforceability of any such covenant shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the covenants in favour of the Company or any other Group Company.
17.   REDUCTION OF LENGTH OF POST TERMINATION RESTRICTIONS
 
    The parties agree that the periods referred to in Clauses 16.4 and 16.5 will be reduced by one day for every day during which pursuant to Clause 14.3 the Executive is excluded from the Company’s premises and/or required not to undertake the Executive’s normal duties.
 
18.   COMPANY PROPERTY
 
    On request and in any event of the termination of his employment, the Executive will immediately return to the Company all originals and copies of all documents, computer disks and tapes and other tangible items in the Executive’s possession or under the Executive’s control which belong to the Company or the Group and/or which contain or refer to any Confidential Information or which in any other way relate or belong to the Company or the Group.
 
19.   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    All present and future copyright, know-how, rights to prevent unauthorised extraction and other intellectual property rights in any product or work developed or partly developed by the Executive during the course of the employment with the Company shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company and this Agreement does not purport to grant, assign or transfer any rights in such products or works to the Executive.

 


 

20.   DISCIPLINARY AND GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES AND SUSPENSION
  20.1.   The Company has a disciplinary procedure a copy of which is available on request from the Company. The disciplinary procedure is not incorporated by reference to this Agreement and does not form part of it.
 
  20.2.   If the Executive has a grievance in relation to the employment or is dissatisfied with a disciplinary decision against the Executive, the Executive may apply in writing to Jeff Weiss, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. This right to raise a grievance does not form part of the Executive’s contract of employment.
 
  20.3.   The Company is entitled (without prejudice to its rights consequently to terminate this Agreement on the same or any other ground) to suspend the Executive on full pay including bonuses, equity and allowances for so long as may be reasonably necessary to carry out any investigation, including, but not limited to, any investigation under the disciplinary procedure and hold a disciplinary hearing and may require the Executive during such period: not to enter any premises of the Company or any Group Company and to abstain from contacting any customers, suppliers or employees of the Company or any Group Company provided that the Executive shall not be employed by or provide services to any third party during the period for which he is suspended.
21.   DEDUCTIONS
 
    The Executive authorises the Company to deduct from his remuneration (including salary, pay in lieu of notice, commission, bonus, and holiday pay) at any time during the employment or in any event on termination of employment any monies owed by the Executive to the Company or any Group Company.
 
22.   DATA PROTECTION
  22.1.   The Executive gives the Company permission to collect, retain and process information about him, including but not limited to details of his date of birth, sex and ethnic origin. The Company warrants that this information will only be used

 


 

      in order that the Company can monitor its compliance with the law and best practice in terms of equal opportunities and non-discrimination.
 
  22.2.   Should the Executive’s personal circumstances change such as to render out the date the information held by the Company, he should notify the Company immediately.
23.   NOTICES
  23.1.   Any notice given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be served on the party (in the case of the Executive) at the above address or any other address notified by the Executive to the Company or (in the case of the Company) at its registered office.
 
  23.2.   Any notice shall be taken to have been received on the date and time of its actual receipt.
24.   CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999
 
    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, save in relation to Group Companies, for the purposes of the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, this Agreement is not intended to, and does not, give any person who is not a party to it any right to enforce any of its provisions.
 
25.   WARRANTY
 
    The Executive warrants to the Company that by virtue of entering into this Agreement the Executive will not be in breach of any express or implied terms of any contract with or any obligation to any third party binding upon the Executive.
 
26.   COLLECTIVE AGREEMENTS
 
    There are no collective agreements in place which affect the Executive’s employment with the Company.

 


 

27.   LAW AND JURISDICTION
 
    The Agreement will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with English law and the parties irrevocably agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the English courts over any claim or matter or to settle any dispute which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and that accordingly any proceedings may be brought in such courts.

 


 

EXECUTION AND DELIVERY
This document is executed as a deed and delivered on the date set out at the beginning of this Agreement.
SIGNED as a DEED by
Dollar Financial UK Limited
acting by two Directors
or a Director and Secretary:
     
 
   
 
   
 
  Jeffrey Weiss, Chairman and CEO / Date
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Donald Gayhardt, President / Date
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
  Paul Mildenstein / Date
SIGNED as a DEED by
Paul Mildenstein
in the presence of:
Witness Signature:                                      
Name:                                                             
Address:                                                        

 

EX-10.49 3 w24941exv10w49.htm EXHIBIT 10.49 exv10w49
 

Exhibit 10.49
September 7,2006
PRIVATE
Mr. Roy Hibberd
One Vista Court
Englishtown, NJ 07726
Dear Roy:
We are pleased to confirm our offer to you for the position of SVP-Franchise Relations for We The People USA, Inc., and, SVP and General Counsel for Dollar Financial Group, Inc. (“Dollar”). Should you accept our offer, your compensation and benefits package shall be as follows:
START DATE July 26, 2005
COMPENSATION $210,000 annual base salary. Base salary will be reviewed annually.
EQUITY Executive shall participate in all equity plans and grants commensurate with similarly situated executives of Dollar.
BONUS As additional compensation for your services, Dollar shall pay or cause one of its subsidiaries to pay a cash bonus with respect to each fiscal year payable within thirty (30) days after the conclusion of the financial audit of the relevant fiscal year.
The actual bonus due shall be determined based on the achievement by Dollar of target annual income before interest, income taxes, depreciation, amortization and management fees (“EBITDA”) as determined by the aforesaid independent audit. EBITDA targets shall be determined by the board of directors of Dollar, in good faith, and shall be adjusted equitably for acquisitions, divestitures or other significant events occurring in the fiscal year.
The amount of the bonus due shall be a percentage of your base salary, with the percentage determined as follows: (a) if Dollar achieves EBITDA of greater than or equal to 95% of target EBITDA, 20% of base salary plus 4% of base salary for each 1% that EBITDA exceeds 95% of target EBITDA, up to a maximum of 20% of base salary (bringing the total cash bonus payable under section (a) to a total of 40% of base salary if Dollar achieves 100% of target EBITDA); plus (b) if Dollar achieves EBITDA of greater than or equal to 101% of target EBITDA, 2% of base salary for each 1% that EBITDA exceeds 100% of target EBITDA, up to a maximum of 10% of base salary. Thus, by way of example, if Dollar achieves EBITDA of 105% of target, Executive’s bonus will be 20% + 20% +10% = 50% of base salary. Should your employment terminate for any reason, no bonus compensation for the year in which termination or resignation occurs shall be payable.
Regardless of whether an EBITDA target is achieved, no bonus compensation will be paid or payable if Dollar has defaulted or is not current on its debt payment obligations under any of its then outstanding credit facilities, indentures or other debt instruments; provided, that such withheld compensation shall be paid if such default is of a technical and non-substantive nature and is cured within thirty (30) days of notice thereof.

 


 

AUTO ALLOWANCE Dollar agrees to a monthly car allowance of $750.
RELOCATION ALLOWANCE Dollar agrees to reimburse moving-related expenses per the attached relocation policy. This allowance will be available to Executive for at least 36 months from date of employment, unless extended further by mutual agreement.
TERMINATION a) Change in control: In the event that your employment is terminated by Dollar in relation to a Change of Control (as defined herein), or you terminate your employment for Good Reason (as defined herein), you shall be paid your Base Salary in equal installments in accordance with past payroll practices of Dollar for eighteen months following the date of your termination, at a rate equal to 100% of your Base Salary in effect on the last day of your employment with Dollar.
For purposes of this Agreement, a Change of Control shall be deemed to have occurred if and when:
     i) a person or entity other than Green Equity Investors II, L.P., or any affiliate, related party or entity controlled by Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., or sponsored fund thereof (collectively “GEI II”) owns equity securities having at least 51% of the voting power of Dollar (or any successor or surviving entity);
     ii) either DFG or Dollar becomes a subsidiary of an entity unaffiliated with GEI II or shall be merged or consolidated into another entity and the voting power of the surviving entity is owned at least 51% by a person or entity other than GEI II; or
     iii) all or substantially all of the assets of either DFG or Dollar shall have been sold to a party or parties the equity of which is owned at least 51% by a person or entity other than GEI II.
b) Termination other than for cause: In the event that your employment is terminated by Dollar, other than for Cause (as defined herein), you shall be paid your Base Salary in equal installments in accordance with past payroll practices of Dollar for nine months following the date of your termination, at a rate equal to 100% of your Base Salary in effect on the last day of your employment with Dollar. In addition, you shall be paid your Base Salary in equal installments in accordance with past payroll practices of Dollar for nine months following the date which is nine months from your termination date at a rate equal to 50% of your Base Salary in effect on the last day of your employment with Dollar.
For purposes of this Agreement, cause shall be defined as
     i) Executive’s failure to cure or remedy any material mismanagement or gross negligence in the management of Employer’s business within fifteen (15) days after written notice by Employer of such mismanagement or negligence;
     ii) Executive’s willful refusal, after written notice by Employer, to cure within a period of fifteen (15) days any material breach of this Agreement or failure to perform any material obligation set forth herein;
     iii) an act of fraud, theft, dishonesty or deceit committed against the Employer, including any intentional material misrepresentation to the board of directors of Dollar; or
     iv) a final non-appealable adjudication in a criminal or civil proceeding (including any settlement or plea of nolo contendere) that Executive has committed a fraud, dishonest act, an act of moral turpitude or any other felony relating to or adversely affecting Executive’s employment, the business of the Employer or the ability of Executive to perform his obligations herein).

 


 

c) Termination by Executive for Good Reason: Executive shall have the right to terminate his employment upon 30 days notice to the Company for the occurrence of any of the following events which shall all be considered “Good Reason” so Executive termination:
     i) Dolllar acts to materially reduce Executive’s duties or responsibilities hereunder: or
     ii) Dollar acts to change the geographic location of the performance of Executive’s duties from the Philadelphia, PA metropolitan area.
In the event of termination for Good Reason, Executive’s severance compensation and duration of payment will be the same as Change in Control.
RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS In consideration of your employment with WTP, you agree that you will not, at any time during the term of your employment and for a period of two years following the termination of your employment for any reason (or to such lesser extent and for such lesser period as may be deemed enforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, it being the intent of the parties that this agreement shall be so enforced): (a) directly or indirectly engage in the United States, Canada or any other country in which any one or more of Dollar Financial Corp., Dollar Financial Group, Inc., WTP and any of their respective subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively hereinafter referred to as “Dollar”) now or hereafter conducts business, in any business in direct competition with any business conducted by Dollar at the time of termination or any business that Dollar has a bona fide plan to commence or enter into, either as an officer, director, employee, independent contractor, agent, consultant, lender or as a 2% or greater owner, partner, or stockholder; (b) directly or indirectly cause or request a curtailment or cancellation of any significant business relationship that Dollar has with a current or prospective vendor, business partner, supplier or other service or goods provider that would have a material adverse impact on the business of Dollar; or (c) directly or indirectly induce or attempt to influence any employee or consultant of Dollar to terminate his or her employment or consultant relationship with Dollar.
In addition to and without limiting the foregoing, during the term of your employment at all times following the termination of your employment for any reason, whether before or after the expiration of the employment term set forth above, you shall not at any time directly or indirectly disclose, use, transfer or sell to any person, firm or other entity any trade, technical or technological secrets, any details of organization or business affairs, or any confidential or proprietary information of Dollar.
INVENTIONS All patents, trademarks, trade names, copyrights, inventions, discoveries, financial models, computer software, graphics products, advertising products, promotional materials, market studies and business plans (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”) relating to Dollar’s business that you may make, conceive or learn during the term of your employment (whether before, during or after the term of employment, whether during working hours or otherwise) or within six (6) months following the termination of your employment for any reason shall be the exclusive property of Dollar. You agree to disclose any such Intellectual Property to the board of directors of WTP and to do at Dollar’s expense all lawful things necessary or useful to assist Dollar in securing their full enjoyment and protection.
DOLLAR PROPERTY You further agree, at Dollar’s request at any time and from time to time during the term of your employment, and upon termination of your employment for any reason, to deliver possession of all property, including but not limited to, documents or materials relating to Dollar’ business and all evidence of or records relating to Dollar’s customers, all of which property, documents, materials and/or customer and business records and other property shall be at all times property of Dollar.

 


 

In the event of any breach or threatened breach by you of any of the provisions of this letter under the heading “Restrictive Covenants”, “Inventions” and “Dollar Property” Dollar may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin such breach. Any such remedy shall be in addition to Dollar’s remedies at law under such circumstances.
BENEFITS
Health Insurance Dollar offers a choice of three medical plans at a bi-weekly payroll deduction. Eligibility begins on your date of employment.
Dental Insurance Dollar offers dental insurance at an additional bi-weekly payroll deduction. Eligibility begins on your date of employment.
Life Insurance All employees are automatically covered for Life Insurance. Your life insurance coverage is equal to $100,000. Eligibility begins on your date of employment. Additionally, you may purchase supplemental life or supplemental AD&D coverage for yourself, your spouse or your dependent children through payroll deduction.
Short Term Disability Salaried employees are eligible for Short Term Disability Insurance with a bi-weekly payroll deduction. Your short term disability coverage is equal to approximately 60% of your salary but not greater than $500 weekly. There is a 14 day elimination period and coverage extends up to 26 weeks. Eligibility begins on your date of employment.
Long Term Disability Salaried employees are eligible for Long Term Disability Insurance with a bi-weekly payroll deduction. Your long term disability coverage is equal to approximately 60% of your basic monthly salary (up to a maximum benefit of $10,000 monthly) after a 26 week elimination period. Eligibility begins on your date of employment.
401(k) Plan You will become eligible for this program on the open enrollment date following 6 months of service. Open enrollment in our Retirement Plan is the 1st of every calendar quarter. Dollar matches 50% of your contributions up to a maximum employee contribution of 8%. Company matching is vested at 20% for each year of service.
Holidays You will be eligible for eight (8) paid holidays. The holiday schedule shall be forwarded to you during your first week of employment.
Personal Time You will be awarded 12 hours of personal time for every 3 months of full-time service (a total of 6 days per anniversary year). You may carry over a maximum of 12 personal hours on your anniversary date. Personal time must be used in 8 hour increments. There is no payment for personal days earned but not taken.
Vacation You will be awarded one week vacation for every three months of service completed. Awarded vacation must be taken within one year (12 months) in which the vacation is awarded. There is no payment for vacation awarded but not taken.
EXPIRATION OF BENEFITS All benefits expire on your date of termination.
REPORTING RELATIONSHIP While serving in this position, you will report directly to Don Gayhardt, President.
Speaking for myself and everyone at DFG, we look forward to working with you.
Sincerely,

 


 

Melissa Soper
Vice President, Human Resources
Mr. Roy HIbberd
September 7,2006
ACCEPTANCE This letter contains the entire agreement between you and Dollar. There are no other oral or written agreements between you and Dollar. Please confirm that this letter accurately sets forth our understanding by signing and returning this letter.
Accepted and Agreed to:
     
 
Name
   
 
   
 
Date
   

 


 

APPROVED RELOCATION EXPENSES
FOR ROY HIBBERD
POLICY
During the relocation of executives, a considerable number of expenses may be incurred; therefore, certain requirements are necessary to ensure that these relocation expenses are proper and have been previously authorized.
PROCEDURES
1.   Reimbursement and/or payment of relocation expenses is not automatic but will be made if the expense or expenses are within the parameters defined herein.
2.   For reimbursements of approved relocation expenses, an Expense Form should be completed with all receipts attached. All exceptions to this relocation policy must be approved by the President of Dollar Financial Corp.
 
3.   The following expenses are allowed under this relocation policy:
  a.   House hunting trips — Two house hunting trips not to exceed two (2) persons (executive and spouse) per trip for a total of three (3) days each.
  -   Air fare or mileage
 
  -   Rental car
 
  -   Hotel
 
  -   Reimbursement of meals
  b.   Moving Expenses:
  -   Van line expenses for moving of personal belongings.
 
  -   packing and unpacking included.
 
  -   Insurance for moving of personal belongings on van line.
 
  -   Maximum 30 day furniture storage.
 
  -   $.36 per mile for relocating vehicles based on most direct
 
      route to new location.
 
  -   Hotel and meals while en route.
  c.   Temporary lodging at new location to include:
  -   Ninety (90) days maximum
 
  -   Room and tax
 
  -   Local phone and long distance phone
 
  -   Parking
 
  -   Car rental
  d.   Closing costs:
- Reimbursement for Commissions (Max. 6%) on sale of primary residence
NOTE: Should Executive sell the house without a Realtor, Dollar Financial Corp. will not reimburse for what would have been paid in Realtors commission.
  e.   Any other costs above and beyond those items above, or any exceptions, must receive the prior approval of the President of Dollar Financial Corp.
4.   The executive shall not bear the additional tax burden of relocation. Should this occur, the executive’s tax preparation firm should prepare a letter stating the

 


 

amount of the additional tax. This should be sent to the President of Dollar Financial Corp. for authorization of reimbursement.
6.   Tax reimbursement for relocation is for one time only.

 

EX-23.1 4 w24941exv23w1.htm CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG exv23w1
 

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements of our report dated September 12, 2006, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Dollar Financial Corp. and our report dated September 12, 2006, with respect to management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Dollar Financial Corp.
  (1)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-134262) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. Deferred Compensation Plan
 
  (2)   Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-123320) pertaining to the Dollar Financial Corp. 1999 Stock Incentive Plan and the Dollar Financial Corp. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
 
  (3)   Registration Statement (Form S-3 No. 333-134299) of Dollar Financial Corp.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
September 12, 2006

109

EX-31.1 5 w24941exv31w1.htm CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER exv31w1
 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Jeffrey A. Weiss, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 13, 2006
     
 
  /s/ Jeffrey A. Weiss
 
   
 
  Jeffrey A. Weiss
 
  Chief Executive Officer

110

EX-31.2 6 w24941exv31w2.htm CERTIFICATION OF PRESIDENT exv31w2
 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Donald Gayhardt, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 13, 2006
         
 
  /s/ Donald Gayhardt    
 
       
 
  Donald Gayhardt    
 
  President    

112

EX-31.3 7 w24941exv31w3.htm CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER exv31w3
 

Exhibit 31.3
CERTIFICATION
I, Randy Underwood, certify that:
1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp.;
 
2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
 
3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;
 
4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:
  a)   Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;
 
  b)   Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c)   Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d)   Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  a)   All significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b)   Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: September 13, 2006
         
 
  /s/ Randy Underwood    
 
       
 
  Randy Underwood    
 
  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

113

EX-32.1 8 w24941exv32w1.htm CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO TITLE 18 exv32w1
 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a – 14(b) or Rule 15d – 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
     
/s/ Jeffrey A. Weiss
 
   
Jeffrey A. Weiss
   
Chief Executive Officer
   
September 13, 2006
   

114

EX-32.2 9 w24941exv32w2.htm CERTIFICATION OF PRESIDENT PURSUANT TO TITLE 18 exv32w2
 

Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a – 14(b) or Rule 15d – 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
     
/s/ Donald Gayhardt
 
   
Donald Gayhardt
   
President
   
September 13, 2006
   

115

EX-32.3 10 w24941exv32w3.htm CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO TITLE 18 exv32w3
 

Exhibit 32.3
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Dollar Financial Corp. for the twelve months ended June 30, 2006 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, in the capacities and on the date indicated below, hereby certifies pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and Rule 13a – 14(b) or Rule 15d – 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Dollar Financial Corp.
     
/s/ Randy Underwood
 
   
Randy Underwood
   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   
September 13, 2006
   

116

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----